Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1f822b28 JH |
1 | |
2 | !!!!!!! DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE !!!!!!! | |
3 | This file is built by metaconfig. | |
4 | ||
d7418ba7 | 5 | This file contains a description of all the shell variables whose value is |
6 | determined by the Configure script. Variables intended for use in C | |
269a7913 | 7 | programs (e.g. I_UNISTD) are already described in config_h.SH. [`configpm' |
ebc74a4b | 8 | generates pod documentation for Config.pm from this file--please try to keep |
24412007 | 9 | the formatting regular.] |
d7418ba7 | 10 | |
781b178c | 11 | _a (Unix.U): |
9285ede2 | 12 | This variable defines the extension used for ordinary library files. |
781b178c JH |
13 | For unix, it is '.a'. The '.' is included. Other possible |
14 | values include '.lib'. | |
15 | ||
16 | _exe (Unix.U): | |
17 | This variable defines the extension used for executable files. | |
24412007 JH |
18 | DJGPP, Cygwin and OS/2 use '.exe'. Stratus VOS uses '.pm'. |
19 | On operating systems which do not require a specific extension | |
20 | for executable files, this variable is empty. | |
781b178c JH |
21 | |
22 | _o (Unix.U): | |
23 | This variable defines the extension used for object files. | |
24 | For unix, it is '.o'. The '.' is included. Other possible | |
25 | values include '.obj'. | |
26 | ||
27 | afs (afs.U): | |
28 | This variable is set to 'true' if AFS (Andrew File System) is used | |
29 | on the system, 'false' otherwise. It is possible to override this | |
30 | with a hint value or command line option, but you'd better know | |
31 | what you are doing. | |
32 | ||
a6d26a0d JH |
33 | afsroot (afs.U): |
34 | This variable is by default set to '/afs'. In the unlikely case | |
35 | this is not the correct root, it is possible to override this with | |
36 | a hint value or command line option. This will be used in subsequent | |
776a38e3 | 37 | tests for AFSness in the configure and test process. |
a6d26a0d | 38 | |
781b178c JH |
39 | alignbytes (alignbytes.U): |
40 | This variable holds the number of bytes required to align a | |
87b71857 JH |
41 | double-- or a long double when applicable. Usual values are |
42 | 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. | |
781b178c JH |
43 | |
44 | ansi2knr (ansi2knr.U): | |
635aebb7 | 45 | This variable is set if the user needs to run ansi2knr. |
781b178c JH |
46 | Currently, this is not supported, so we just abort. |
47 | ||
48 | aphostname (d_gethname.U): | |
49 | This variable contains the command which can be used to compute the | |
50 | host name. The command is fully qualified by its absolute path, to make | |
51 | it safe when used by a process with super-user privileges. | |
52 | ||
ff935051 JH |
53 | api_revision (patchlevel.U): |
54 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
55 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
56 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
57 | such as '5.6.1', api_revision is the '5'. | |
58 | Prior to 5.5.640, the format was a floating point number, | |
59 | like 5.00563. | |
9c20e9bc JH |
60 | |
61 | perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically search in | |
ff935051 JH |
62 | $sitelib/.. for older directories back to the limit specified |
63 | by these api_ variables. This is only useful if you have a | |
64 | perl library directory tree structured like the default one. | |
65 | See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned site_perl | |
66 | directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the lowest | |
67 | possible value. The version list appropriate for the current | |
68 | system is determined in inc_version_list.U. | |
9c20e9bc JH |
69 | |
70 | XXX To do: Since compatibility can depend on compile time | |
08e5223a | 71 | options (such as bincompat, longlong, etc.) it should |
ff935051 JH |
72 | (perhaps) be set by Configure, but currently it isn't. |
73 | Currently, we read a hard-wired value from patchlevel.h. | |
74 | Perhaps what we ought to do is take the hard-wired value from | |
75 | patchlevel.h but then modify it if the current Configure | |
76 | options warrant. patchlevel.h then would use an #ifdef guard. | |
77 | ||
78 | api_subversion (patchlevel.U): | |
79 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
80 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
81 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
82 | such as '5.6.1', api_subversion is the '1'. See api_revision for | |
83 | full details. | |
84 | ||
85 | api_version (patchlevel.U): | |
86 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
87 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
88 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
89 | such as '5.6.1', api_version is the '6'. See api_revision for | |
90 | full details. As a special case, 5.5.0 is rendered in the | |
91 | old-style as 5.005. (In the 5.005_0x maintenance series, | |
92 | this was the only versioned directory in $sitelib.) | |
93 | ||
94 | api_versionstring (patchlevel.U): | |
95 | This variable combines api_revision, api_version, and | |
96 | api_subversion in a format such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1) suitable | |
97 | for use as a directory name. This is filesystem dependent. | |
781b178c JH |
98 | |
99 | ar (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 100 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
101 | full pathname (if any) of the ar program. After Configure runs, |
102 | the value is reset to a plain "ar" and is not useful. | |
103 | ||
104 | archlib (archlib.U): | |
105 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
106 | to put architecture-dependent public library files for $package. | |
107 | It is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/lib. | |
108 | Programs using this variable must be prepared to deal | |
109 | with filename expansion. | |
110 | ||
111 | archlibexp (archlib.U): | |
112 | This variable is the same as the archlib variable, but is | |
113 | filename expanded at configuration time, for convenient use. | |
114 | ||
781b178c JH |
115 | archname (archname.U): |
116 | This variable is a short name to characterize the current | |
117 | architecture. It is used mainly to construct the default archlib. | |
118 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
119 | archname64 (use64bits.U): |
120 | This variable is used for the 64-bitness part of $archname. | |
121 | ||
781b178c JH |
122 | archobjs (Unix.U): |
123 | This variable defines any additional objects that must be linked | |
124 | in with the program on this architecture. On unix, it is usually | |
125 | empty. It is typically used to include emulations of unix calls | |
126 | or other facilities. For perl on OS/2, for example, this would | |
127 | include os2/os2.obj. | |
128 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
129 | asctime_r_proto (d_asctime_r.U): |
130 | This variable encodes the prototype of asctime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
131 | It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the |
132 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r | |
133 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 134 | |
781b178c | 135 | awk (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 136 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
137 | full pathname (if any) of the awk program. After Configure runs, |
138 | the value is reset to a plain "awk" and is not useful. | |
139 | ||
140 | baserev (baserev.U): | |
141 | The base revision level of this package, from the .package file. | |
142 | ||
143 | bash (Loc.U): | |
144 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 145 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
146 | |
147 | bin (bin.U): | |
148 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
149 | to put publicly executable images for the package in question. It | |
150 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
151 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
152 | ||
f1ce3bf1 MB |
153 | bin_ELF (dlsrc.U): |
154 | This variable saves the result from configure if generated binaries | |
155 | are in ELF format. Only set to defined when the test has actually | |
156 | been performed, and the result was positive. | |
157 | ||
781b178c JH |
158 | binexp (bin.U): |
159 | This is the same as the bin variable, but is filename expanded at | |
160 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
161 | ||
162 | bison (Loc.U): | |
2d967e39 JH |
163 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
164 | full pathname (if any) of the bison program. After Configure runs, | |
165 | the value is reset to a plain "bison" and is not useful. | |
781b178c JH |
166 | |
167 | byacc (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 168 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
169 | full pathname (if any) of the byacc program. After Configure runs, |
170 | the value is reset to a plain "byacc" and is not useful. | |
171 | ||
172 | byteorder (byteorder.U): | |
24412007 JH |
173 | This variable holds the byte order in a UV. In the following, |
174 | larger digits indicate more significance. The variable byteorder | |
175 | is either 4321 on a big-endian machine, or 1234 on a little-endian, | |
176 | or 87654321 on a Cray ... or 3412 with weird order ! | |
781b178c JH |
177 | |
178 | c (n.U): | |
179 | This variable contains the \c string if that is what causes the echo | |
180 | command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is | |
181 | $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". | |
182 | ||
183 | castflags (d_castneg.U): | |
184 | This variable contains a flag that precise difficulties the | |
185 | compiler has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: | |
186 | 0 = ok | |
187 | 1 = couldn't cast < 0 | |
188 | 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 | |
189 | 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list | |
190 | ||
191 | cat (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 192 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
193 | full pathname (if any) of the cat program. After Configure runs, |
194 | the value is reset to a plain "cat" and is not useful. | |
195 | ||
196 | cc (cc.U): | |
197 | This variable holds the name of a command to execute a C compiler which | |
198 | can resolve multiple global references that happen to have the same | |
5869b1f1 JH |
199 | name. Usual values are 'cc' and 'gcc'. |
200 | Fervent ANSI compilers may be called 'c89'. AIX has xlc. | |
781b178c JH |
201 | |
202 | cccdlflags (dlsrc.U): | |
203 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
204 | passed with 'cc -c' to compile modules to be used to create a shared | |
205 | library that will be used for dynamic loading. For hpux, this | |
206 | should be +z. It is up to the makefile to use it. | |
207 | ||
208 | ccdlflags (dlsrc.U): | |
209 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
210 | passed to cc to link with a shared library for dynamic loading. | |
211 | It is up to the makefile to use it. For sunos 4.1, it should | |
212 | be empty. | |
213 | ||
214 | ccflags (ccflags.U): | |
215 | This variable contains any additional C compiler flags desired by | |
216 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
217 | ||
af960fef JH |
218 | ccflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
219 | This variable contains the compiler flags needed by large file builds | |
220 | and added to ccflags by hints files. | |
221 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
222 | ccname (Checkcc.U): |
223 | This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using | |
224 | gcc, this is gcc, and if not, usually equal to cc, unimpressive, no? | |
225 | Some platforms, however, make good use of this by storing the | |
226 | flavor of the C compiler being used here. For example if using | |
227 | the Sun WorkShop suite, ccname will be 'workshop'. | |
228 | ||
781b178c JH |
229 | ccsymbols (Cppsym.U): |
230 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler alone. | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
231 | The symbols defined by cpp or by cc when it calls cpp are not in |
232 | this list, see cppsymbols and cppccsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
233 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
234 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
235 | ccversion (Checkcc.U): |
236 | This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using | |
237 | a (non-gcc) vendor cc, this variable may contain a version for | |
238 | the compiler. | |
239 | ||
781b178c JH |
240 | cf_by (cf_who.U): |
241 | Login name of the person who ran the Configure script and answered the | |
242 | questions. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. | |
243 | ||
244 | cf_email (cf_email.U): | |
245 | Electronic mail address of the person who ran Configure. This can be | |
246 | used by units that require the user's e-mail, like MailList.U. | |
247 | ||
248 | cf_time (cf_who.U): | |
249 | Holds the output of the "date" command when the configuration file was | |
250 | produced. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. | |
251 | ||
c193ef60 MB |
252 | charbits (charsize.U): |
253 | This variable contains the value of the CHARBITS symbol, which | |
254 | indicates to the C program how many bits there are in a character. | |
255 | ||
256 | charsize (charsize.U): | |
257 | This variable contains the value of the CHARSIZE symbol, which | |
258 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a character. | |
259 | ||
781b178c JH |
260 | chgrp (Loc.U): |
261 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 262 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
263 | |
264 | chmod (Loc.U): | |
2765b840 JH |
265 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
266 | full pathname (if any) of the chmod program. After Configure runs, | |
267 | the value is reset to a plain "chmod" and is not useful. | |
781b178c JH |
268 | |
269 | chown (Loc.U): | |
270 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 271 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
272 | |
273 | clocktype (d_times.U): | |
274 | This variable holds the type returned by times(). It can be long, | |
275 | or clock_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be | |
276 | included). | |
277 | ||
278 | comm (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 279 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
280 | full pathname (if any) of the comm program. After Configure runs, |
281 | the value is reset to a plain "comm" and is not useful. | |
282 | ||
283 | compress (Loc.U): | |
284 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 285 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 286 | |
ecf5c238 AD |
287 | config_arg0 (Options.U): |
288 | This variable contains the string used to invoke the Configure | |
289 | command, as reported by the shell in the $0 variable. | |
290 | ||
291 | config_argc (Options.U): | |
47e01c32 | 292 | This variable contains the number of command-line arguments |
ecf5c238 | 293 | passed to Configure, as reported by the shell in the $# variable. |
269a7913 MB |
294 | The individual arguments are stored as variables config_arg1, |
295 | config_arg2, etc. | |
ecf5c238 AD |
296 | |
297 | config_args (Options.U): | |
298 | This variable contains a single string giving the command-line | |
299 | arguments passed to Configure. Spaces within arguments, | |
300 | quotes, and escaped characters are not correctly preserved. | |
301 | To reconstruct the command line, you must assemble the individual | |
302 | command line pieces, given in config_arg[0-9]*. | |
303 | ||
781b178c JH |
304 | contains (contains.U): |
305 | This variable holds the command to do a grep with a proper return | |
306 | status. On most sane systems it is simply "grep". On insane systems | |
307 | it is a grep followed by a cat followed by a test. This variable | |
308 | is primarily for the use of other Configure units. | |
309 | ||
310 | cp (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 311 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
312 | full pathname (if any) of the cp program. After Configure runs, |
313 | the value is reset to a plain "cp" and is not useful. | |
314 | ||
315 | cpio (Loc.U): | |
316 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 317 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
318 | |
319 | cpp (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 320 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
321 | full pathname (if any) of the cpp program. After Configure runs, |
322 | the value is reset to a plain "cpp" and is not useful. | |
323 | ||
324 | cpp_stuff (cpp_stuff.U): | |
505656d3 | 325 | This variable contains an identification of the concatenation mechanism |
781b178c JH |
326 | used by the C preprocessor. |
327 | ||
328 | cppccsymbols (Cppsym.U): | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
329 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler |
330 | when it calls cpp. The symbols defined by the cc alone or cpp | |
331 | alone are not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
332 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
333 | ||
334 | cppflags (ccflags.U): | |
335 | This variable holds the flags that will be passed to the C pre- | |
336 | processor. It is up to the Makefile to use it. | |
337 | ||
338 | cpplast (cppstdin.U): | |
339 | This variable has the same functionality as cppminus, only it applies | |
340 | to cpprun and not cppstdin. | |
341 | ||
342 | cppminus (cppstdin.U): | |
343 | This variable contains the second part of the string which will invoke | |
344 | the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard | |
345 | output. This variable will have the value "-" if cppstdin needs | |
346 | a minus to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". | |
347 | ||
348 | cpprun (cppstdin.U): | |
349 | This variable contains the command which will invoke a C preprocessor | |
350 | on standard input and put the output to stdout. It is guaranteed not | |
351 | to be a wrapper and may be a null string if no preprocessor can be | |
352 | made directly available. This preprocessor might be different from the | |
353 | one used by the C compiler. Don't forget to append cpplast after the | |
354 | preprocessor options. | |
355 | ||
356 | cppstdin (cppstdin.U): | |
357 | This variable contains the command which will invoke the C | |
358 | preprocessor on standard input and put the output to stdout. | |
359 | It is primarily used by other Configure units that ask about | |
360 | preprocessor symbols. | |
361 | ||
362 | cppsymbols (Cppsym.U): | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
363 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C preprocessor |
364 | alone. The symbols defined by cc or by cc when it calls cpp are | |
365 | not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppccsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
366 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
367 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
368 | crypt_r_proto (d_crypt_r.U): |
369 | This variable encodes the prototype of crypt_r. | |
39183afa JH |
370 | It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the |
371 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r | |
372 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 373 | |
781b178c JH |
374 | cryptlib (d_crypt.U): |
375 | This variable holds -lcrypt or the path to a libcrypt.a archive if | |
376 | the crypt() function is not defined in the standard C library. It is | |
377 | up to the Makefile to use this. | |
378 | ||
379 | csh (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 380 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
381 | full pathname (if any) of the csh program. After Configure runs, |
382 | the value is reset to a plain "csh" and is not useful. | |
383 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
384 | ctermid_r_proto (d_ctermid_r.U): |
385 | This variable encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
386 | It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the |
387 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r | |
388 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
389 | |
390 | ctime_r_proto (d_ctime_r.U): | |
391 | This variable encodes the prototype of ctime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
392 | It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the |
393 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r | |
394 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 395 | |
74cac757 JH |
396 | d__fwalk (d__fwalk.U): |
397 | This variable conditionally defines HAS__FWALK if _fwalk() is | |
398 | available to apply a function to all the file handles. | |
399 | ||
781b178c JH |
400 | d_access (d_access.U): |
401 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ACCESS if the access() system | |
402 | call is available to check for access permissions using real IDs. | |
403 | ||
404 | d_accessx (d_accessx.U): | |
405 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACCESSX symbol, which | |
406 | indicates to the C program that the accessx() routine is available. | |
407 | ||
40613a90 JH |
408 | d_acosh (d_acosh.U): |
409 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACOSH symbol, which | |
410 | indicates to the C program that the acosh() routine is available. | |
411 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
412 | d_aintl (d_aintl.U): |
413 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_AINTL symbol, which | |
414 | indicates to the C program that the aintl() routine is available. | |
415 | If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. | |
416 | ||
781b178c JH |
417 | d_alarm (d_alarm.U): |
418 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ALARM symbol, which | |
419 | indicates to the C program that the alarm() routine is available. | |
420 | ||
421 | d_archlib (archlib.U): | |
422 | This variable conditionally defines ARCHLIB to hold the pathname | |
423 | of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If | |
424 | $archlib is the same as $privlib, then this is set to undef. | |
425 | ||
96938616 MB |
426 | d_asctime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
427 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASCTIME64 symbol, which | |
428 | indicates to the C program that the asctime64 () routine is available. | |
429 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
430 | d_asctime_r (d_asctime_r.U): |
431 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASCTIME_R symbol, | |
432 | which indicates to the C program that the asctime_r() | |
433 | routine is available. | |
434 | ||
427d28ce JH |
435 | d_asinh (d_asinh.U): |
436 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASINH symbol, which | |
437 | indicates to the C program that the asinh() routine is available. | |
438 | ||
439 | d_atanh (d_atanh.U): | |
440 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATANH symbol, which | |
441 | indicates to the C program that the atanh() routine is available. | |
442 | ||
11dc3f68 JH |
443 | d_atolf (atolf.U): |
444 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLF symbol, which | |
445 | indicates to the C program that the atolf() routine is available. | |
446 | ||
447 | d_atoll (atoll.U): | |
448 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLL symbol, which | |
449 | indicates to the C program that the atoll() routine is available. | |
450 | ||
fcdf39cf RGS |
451 | d_attribute_deprecated (d_attribut.U): |
452 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED, which | |
453 | indicates that GCC can handle the attribute for marking deprecated | |
454 | APIs | |
455 | ||
df4c34dc | 456 | d_attribute_format (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
457 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT, which |
458 | indicates the C compiler can check for printf-like formats. | |
459 | ||
df4c34dc | 460 | d_attribute_malloc (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
461 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC, which |
462 | indicates the C compiler can understand functions as having | |
463 | malloc-like semantics. | |
464 | ||
df4c34dc | 465 | d_attribute_nonnull (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
466 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL, which |
467 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain arguments | |
468 | must not be NULL, and will check accordingly at compile time. | |
469 | ||
df4c34dc | 470 | d_attribute_noreturn (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
471 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN, which |
472 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain functions | |
473 | are guaranteed never to return. | |
474 | ||
df4c34dc | 475 | d_attribute_pure (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
476 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_PURE, which |
477 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain functions | |
478 | are "pure" functions, meaning that they have no side effects, and | |
479 | only rely on function input and/or global data for their results. | |
480 | ||
df4c34dc | 481 | d_attribute_unused (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
482 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, which |
483 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain variables | |
484 | and arguments may not always be used, and to not throw warnings | |
485 | if they don't get used. | |
486 | ||
df4c34dc | 487 | d_attribute_warn_unused_result (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
488 | This variable conditionally defines |
489 | HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT, which indicates that the C | |
490 | compiler can know that certain functions have a return values | |
491 | that must not be ignored, such as malloc() or open(). | |
781b178c | 492 | |
f6a82ade MB |
493 | d_backtrace (d_backtrace.U): |
494 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BACKTRACE symbol, which | |
495 | indicates to the C program that the backtrace() routine is available | |
496 | to get a stack trace. | |
497 | ||
781b178c JH |
498 | d_bcmp (d_bcmp.U): |
499 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BCMP symbol if | |
500 | the bcmp() routine is available to compare strings. | |
501 | ||
502 | d_bcopy (d_bcopy.U): | |
503 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BCOPY symbol if | |
504 | the bcopy() routine is available to copy strings. | |
505 | ||
506 | d_bsd (Guess.U): | |
507 | This symbol conditionally defines the symbol BSD when running on a | |
508 | BSD system. | |
509 | ||
510 | d_bsdgetpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): | |
511 | This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_GETPGRP if | |
512 | getpgrp needs one arguments whereas USG one needs none. | |
513 | ||
514 | d_bsdsetpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): | |
515 | This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_SETPGRP if | |
516 | setpgrp needs two arguments whereas USG one needs none. | |
517 | See also d_setpgid for a POSIX interface. | |
518 | ||
635aebb7 AL |
519 | d_builtin_choose_expr (d_builtin.U): |
520 | This conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR, which | |
521 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_choose_expr(x,y,z). | |
522 | This built-in function is analogous to the "x?y:z" operator in C, | |
523 | except that the expression returned has its type unaltered by | |
524 | promotion rules. Also, the built-in function does not evaluate | |
525 | the expression that was not chosen. | |
526 | ||
527 | d_builtin_expect (d_builtin.U): | |
528 | This conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT, which indicates | |
529 | that the compiler supports __builtin_expect(exp,c). You may use | |
530 | __builtin_expect to provide the compiler with branch prediction | |
531 | information. | |
532 | ||
781b178c JH |
533 | d_bzero (d_bzero.U): |
534 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BZERO symbol if | |
535 | the bzero() routine is available to set memory to 0. | |
536 | ||
a2d23ec2 MB |
537 | d_c99_variadic_macros (d_c99_variadic.U): |
538 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS | |
539 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that C99 variadic macros | |
540 | are available. | |
541 | ||
781b178c JH |
542 | d_casti32 (d_casti32.U): |
543 | This variable conditionally defines CASTI32, which indicates | |
544 | whether the C compiler can cast large floats to 32-bit ints. | |
545 | ||
546 | d_castneg (d_castneg.U): | |
547 | This variable conditionally defines CASTNEG, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 548 | whether the C compiler can cast negative float to unsigned. |
781b178c | 549 | |
427d28ce JH |
550 | d_cbrt (d_cbrt.U): |
551 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CBRT symbol, which | |
f40bbcbf MB |
552 | indicates to the C program that the cbrt() (cube root) function |
553 | is available. | |
427d28ce | 554 | |
781b178c JH |
555 | d_charvspr (d_vprintf.U): |
556 | This variable conditionally defines CHARVSPRINTF if this system | |
557 | has vsprintf returning type (char*). The trend seems to be to | |
558 | declare it as "int vsprintf()". | |
559 | ||
560 | d_chown (d_chown.U): | |
561 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHOWN symbol, which | |
562 | indicates to the C program that the chown() routine is available. | |
563 | ||
564 | d_chroot (d_chroot.U): | |
565 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHROOT symbol, which | |
566 | indicates to the C program that the chroot() routine is available. | |
567 | ||
568 | d_chsize (d_chsize.U): | |
569 | This variable conditionally defines the CHSIZE symbol, which | |
570 | indicates to the C program that the chsize() routine is available | |
571 | to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. | |
572 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
573 | d_class (d_class.U): |
574 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CLASS symbol, which | |
575 | indicates to the C program that the class() routine is available. | |
576 | ||
b0a2e8e6 MB |
577 | d_clearenv (d_clearenv.U): |
578 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CLEARENV symbol, which | |
579 | indicates to the C program that the clearenv () routine is available. | |
580 | ||
781b178c JH |
581 | d_closedir (d_closedir.U): |
582 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_CLOSEDIR if closedir() is | |
583 | available. | |
584 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
585 | d_cmsghdr_s (d_cmsghdr_s.U): |
586 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR symbol, | |
587 | which indicates that the struct cmsghdr is supported. | |
588 | ||
781b178c JH |
589 | d_const (d_const.U): |
590 | This variable conditionally defines the HASCONST symbol, which | |
591 | indicates to the C program that this C compiler knows about the | |
592 | const type. | |
593 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
594 | d_copysign (d_copysign.U): |
595 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_COPYSIGN symbol, which | |
596 | indicates to the C program that the copysign() routine is available. | |
597 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
598 | d_copysignl (d_copysignl.U): |
599 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_COPYSIGNL symbol, which | |
600 | indicates to the C program that the copysignl() routine is available. | |
601 | If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. | |
602 | ||
f244a502 JH |
603 | d_cplusplus (d_cplusplus.U): |
604 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_CPLUSPLUS symbol, which | |
605 | indicates that a C++ compiler was used to compiled Perl and will be | |
606 | used to compile extensions. | |
607 | ||
781b178c JH |
608 | d_crypt (d_crypt.U): |
609 | This variable conditionally defines the CRYPT symbol, which | |
610 | indicates to the C program that the crypt() routine is available | |
611 | to encrypt passwords and the like. | |
612 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
613 | d_crypt_r (d_crypt_r.U): |
614 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CRYPT_R symbol, | |
615 | which indicates to the C program that the crypt_r() | |
616 | routine is available. | |
617 | ||
781b178c JH |
618 | d_csh (d_csh.U): |
619 | This variable conditionally defines the CSH symbol, which | |
620 | indicates to the C program that the C-shell exists. | |
621 | ||
066e7355 MB |
622 | d_ctermid (d_ctermid.U): |
623 | This variable conditionally defines CTERMID if ctermid() is | |
624 | available to generate filename for terminal. | |
625 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
626 | d_ctermid_r (d_ctermid_r.U): |
627 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTERMID_R symbol, | |
628 | which indicates to the C program that the ctermid_r() | |
629 | routine is available. | |
630 | ||
96938616 MB |
631 | d_ctime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
632 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTIME64 symbol, which | |
633 | indicates to the C program that the ctime64 () routine is available. | |
634 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
635 | d_ctime_r (d_ctime_r.U): |
636 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTIME_R symbol, | |
637 | which indicates to the C program that the ctime_r() | |
638 | routine is available. | |
639 | ||
781b178c JH |
640 | d_cuserid (d_cuserid.U): |
641 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CUSERID symbol, which | |
642 | indicates to the C program that the cuserid() routine is available | |
643 | to get character login names. | |
644 | ||
645 | d_dbl_dig (d_dbl_dig.U): | |
646 | This variable conditionally defines d_dbl_dig if this system's | |
647 | header files provide DBL_DIG, which is the number of significant | |
648 | digits in a double precision number. | |
649 | ||
5af95cda JH |
650 | d_dbminitproto (d_dbminitproto.U): |
651 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO symbol, | |
652 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
653 | a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is | |
654 | up to the program to supply one. | |
655 | ||
781b178c JH |
656 | d_difftime (d_difftime.U): |
657 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME symbol, which | |
658 | indicates to the C program that the difftime() routine is available. | |
659 | ||
96938616 MB |
660 | d_difftime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
661 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME64 symbol, which | |
662 | indicates to the C program that the difftime64 () routine is available. | |
663 | ||
066e7355 | 664 | d_dir_dd_fd (d_dir_dd_fd.U): |
de52168c SP |
665 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIR_DD_FD symbol, which |
666 | indicates that the DIR directory stream type contains a member | |
667 | variable called dd_fd. | |
668 | ||
428dc699 JH |
669 | d_dirfd (d_dirfd.U): |
670 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIRFD constant, | |
671 | which indicates to the C program that dirfd() is available | |
672 | to return the file descriptor of a directory stream. | |
673 | ||
781b178c JH |
674 | d_dirnamlen (i_dirent.U): |
675 | This variable conditionally defines DIRNAMLEN, which indicates | |
676 | to the C program that the length of directory entry names is | |
677 | provided by a d_namelen field. | |
678 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
679 | d_dladdr (d_dladdr.U): |
680 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLADDR symbol, which | |
681 | indicates to the C program that the dladdr() routine is available | |
682 | to get a stack trace. | |
683 | ||
781b178c JH |
684 | d_dlerror (d_dlerror.U): |
685 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLERROR symbol, which | |
686 | indicates to the C program that the dlerror() routine is available. | |
687 | ||
688 | d_dlopen (d_dlopen.U): | |
689 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLOPEN symbol, which | |
690 | indicates to the C program that the dlopen() routine is available. | |
691 | ||
692 | d_dlsymun (d_dlsymun.U): | |
693 | This variable conditionally defines DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE, which | |
694 | indicates that we need to prepend an underscore to the symbol | |
695 | name before calling dlsym(). | |
696 | ||
697 | d_dosuid (d_dosuid.U): | |
698 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOSUID, which | |
699 | tells the C program that it should insert setuid emulation code | |
700 | on hosts which have setuid #! scripts disabled. | |
701 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
702 | d_drand48_r (d_drand48_r.U): |
703 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_R symbol, | |
704 | which indicates to the C program that the drand48_r() | |
705 | routine is available. | |
706 | ||
781b178c JH |
707 | d_drand48proto (d_drand48proto.U): |
708 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_PROTO symbol, | |
709 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
710 | a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is | |
711 | up to the program to supply one. | |
712 | ||
713 | d_dup2 (d_dup2.U): | |
714 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_DUP2 if dup2() is | |
715 | available to duplicate file descriptors. | |
716 | ||
717 | d_eaccess (d_eaccess.U): | |
718 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EACCESS symbol, which | |
719 | indicates to the C program that the eaccess() routine is available. | |
720 | ||
721 | d_endgrent (d_endgrent.U): | |
722 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT symbol, which | |
723 | indicates to the C program that the endgrent() routine is available | |
724 | for sequential access of the group database. | |
725 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
726 | d_endgrent_r (d_endgrent_r.U): |
727 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT_R symbol, | |
728 | which indicates to the C program that the endgrent_r() | |
729 | routine is available. | |
730 | ||
781b178c JH |
731 | d_endhent (d_endhent.U): |
732 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDHOSTENT if endhostent() is | |
733 | available to close whatever was being used for host queries. | |
734 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
735 | d_endhostent_r (d_endhostent_r.U): |
736 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
737 | which indicates to the C program that the endhostent_r() | |
738 | routine is available. | |
739 | ||
781b178c JH |
740 | d_endnent (d_endnent.U): |
741 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDNETENT if endnetent() is | |
742 | available to close whatever was being used for network queries. | |
743 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
744 | d_endnetent_r (d_endnetent_r.U): |
745 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDNETENT_R symbol, | |
746 | which indicates to the C program that the endnetent_r() | |
747 | routine is available. | |
748 | ||
781b178c JH |
749 | d_endpent (d_endpent.U): |
750 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDPROTOENT if endprotoent() is | |
751 | available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. | |
752 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
753 | d_endprotoent_r (d_endprotoent_r.U): |
754 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
755 | which indicates to the C program that the endprotoent_r() | |
756 | routine is available. | |
757 | ||
781b178c JH |
758 | d_endpwent (d_endpwent.U): |
759 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT symbol, which | |
760 | indicates to the C program that the endpwent() routine is available | |
761 | for sequential access of the passwd database. | |
762 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
763 | d_endpwent_r (d_endpwent_r.U): |
764 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT_R symbol, | |
765 | which indicates to the C program that the endpwent_r() | |
766 | routine is available. | |
767 | ||
781b178c JH |
768 | d_endsent (d_endsent.U): |
769 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDSERVENT if endservent() is | |
770 | available to close whatever was being used for service queries. | |
771 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
772 | d_endservent_r (d_endservent_r.U): |
773 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDSERVENT_R symbol, | |
774 | which indicates to the C program that the endservent_r() | |
775 | routine is available. | |
776 | ||
781b178c JH |
777 | d_eofnblk (nblock_io.U): |
778 | This variable conditionally defines EOF_NONBLOCK if EOF can be seen | |
779 | when reading from a non-blocking I/O source. | |
780 | ||
427d28ce JH |
781 | d_erf (d_erf.U): |
782 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ERF symbol, which | |
783 | indicates to the C program that the erf() routine is available. | |
784 | ||
785 | d_erfc (d_erfc.U): | |
786 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ERFC symbol, which | |
787 | indicates to the C program that the erfc() routine is available. | |
788 | ||
781b178c JH |
789 | d_eunice (Guess.U): |
790 | This variable conditionally defines the symbols EUNICE and VAX, which | |
47e01c32 | 791 | alerts the C program that it must deal with idiosyncrasies of VMS. |
781b178c | 792 | |
427d28ce JH |
793 | d_exp2 (d_exp2.U): |
794 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EXP2 symbol, which | |
795 | indicates to the C program that the exp2() routine is available. | |
796 | ||
797 | d_expm1 (d_expm1.U): | |
798 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EXPM1 symbol, which | |
799 | indicates to the C program that the expm1() routine is available. | |
800 | ||
4d54317a JH |
801 | d_faststdio (d_faststdio.U): |
802 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FAST_STDIO symbol, | |
803 | which indicates to the C program that the "fast stdio" is available | |
804 | to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. | |
805 | ||
b363b713 JH |
806 | d_fchdir (d_fchdir.U): |
807 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHDIR symbol, which | |
808 | indicates to the C program that the fchdir() routine is available. | |
809 | ||
781b178c JH |
810 | d_fchmod (d_fchmod.U): |
811 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHMOD symbol, which | |
812 | indicates to the C program that the fchmod() routine is available | |
813 | to change mode of opened files. | |
814 | ||
815 | d_fchown (d_fchown.U): | |
816 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHOWN symbol, which | |
817 | indicates to the C program that the fchown() routine is available | |
818 | to change ownership of opened files. | |
819 | ||
820 | d_fcntl (d_fcntl.U): | |
821 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCNTL symbol, and indicates | |
822 | whether the fcntl() function exists | |
823 | ||
9d9004a9 AD |
824 | d_fcntl_can_lock (d_fcntl_can_lock.U): |
825 | This variable conditionally defines the FCNTL_CAN_LOCK symbol | |
826 | and indicates whether file locking with fcntl() works. | |
827 | ||
781b178c JH |
828 | d_fd_macros (d_fd_set.U): |
829 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_MACROS symbol, | |
830 | which indicates if your C compiler knows about the macros which | |
831 | manipulate an fd_set. | |
832 | ||
833 | d_fd_set (d_fd_set.U): | |
834 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_SET symbol, | |
835 | which indicates if your C compiler knows about the fd_set typedef. | |
836 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
837 | d_fdim (d_fdim.U): |
838 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FDIM symbol, which | |
839 | indicates to the C program that the fdim() routine is available. | |
840 | ||
781b178c JH |
841 | d_fds_bits (d_fd_set.U): |
842 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FDS_BITS symbol, | |
843 | which indicates if your fd_set typedef contains the fds_bits member. | |
844 | If you have an fd_set typedef, but the dweebs who installed it did | |
845 | a half-fast job and neglected to provide the macros to manipulate | |
846 | an fd_set, HAS_FDS_BITS will let us know how to fix the gaffe. | |
847 | ||
2f6b96eb JH |
848 | d_fegetround (d_fegetround.U): |
849 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FEGETROUND if fegetround() is | |
850 | available to get the floating point rounding mode. | |
851 | ||
781b178c JH |
852 | d_fgetpos (d_fgetpos.U): |
853 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FGETPOS if fgetpos() is | |
854 | available to get the file position indicator. | |
855 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
856 | d_finite (d_finite.U): |
857 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FINITE symbol, which | |
858 | indicates to the C program that the finite() routine is available. | |
859 | ||
860 | d_finitel (d_finitel.U): | |
861 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FINITEL symbol, which | |
862 | indicates to the C program that the finitel() routine is available. | |
863 | ||
781b178c JH |
864 | d_flexfnam (d_flexfnam.U): |
865 | This variable conditionally defines the FLEXFILENAMES symbol, which | |
866 | indicates that the system supports filenames longer than 14 characters. | |
867 | ||
781b178c JH |
868 | d_flock (d_flock.U): |
869 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FLOCK if flock() is | |
870 | available to do file locking. | |
871 | ||
5af95cda JH |
872 | d_flockproto (d_flockproto.U): |
873 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FLOCK_PROTO symbol, | |
874 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
875 | a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is | |
876 | up to the program to supply one. | |
877 | ||
427d28ce JH |
878 | d_fma (d_fma.U): |
879 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMA symbol, which | |
880 | indicates to the C program that the fma() routine is available. | |
881 | ||
882 | d_fmax (d_fmax.U): | |
883 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMAX symbol, which | |
884 | indicates to the C program that the fmax() routine is available. | |
885 | ||
886 | d_fmin (d_fmin.U): | |
887 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMIN symbol, which | |
888 | indicates to the C program that the fmin() routine is available. | |
889 | ||
781b178c JH |
890 | d_fork (d_fork.U): |
891 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FORK symbol, which | |
892 | indicates to the C program that the fork() routine is available. | |
893 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
894 | d_fp_class (d_fp_class.U): |
895 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASS symbol, which | |
896 | indicates to the C program that the fp_class() routine is available. | |
897 | ||
d0166596 | 898 | d_fp_classify (d_fpclassify.U): |
add06237 JH |
899 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASSIFY symbol, which |
900 | indicates to the C program that the fp_classify() routine is available. | |
901 | ||
d0166596 MB |
902 | d_fp_classl (d_fp_classl.U): |
903 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASSL symbol, which | |
904 | indicates to the C program that the fp_classl() routine is available. | |
905 | ||
781b178c JH |
906 | d_fpathconf (d_pathconf.U): |
907 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPATHCONF symbol, which | |
908 | indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available | |
909 | to determine file-system related limits and options associated | |
910 | with a given open file descriptor. | |
911 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
912 | d_fpclass (d_fpclass.U): |
913 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASS symbol, which | |
914 | indicates to the C program that the fpclass() routine is available. | |
915 | ||
916 | d_fpclassify (d_fpclassify.U): | |
917 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASSIFY symbol, which | |
918 | indicates to the C program that the fpclassify() routine is available. | |
919 | ||
920 | d_fpclassl (d_fpclassl.U): | |
921 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASSL symbol, which | |
922 | indicates to the C program that the fpclassl() routine is available. | |
923 | ||
4c1a9b0c | 924 | d_fpgetround (d_fpgetround.U): |
d0166596 MB |
925 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FPGETROUND if fpgetround() |
926 | is available to get the floating point rounding mode. | |
4c1a9b0c | 927 | |
c890dc6c | 928 | d_fpos64_t (d_fpos64_t.U): |
ca24dfc6 | 929 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. |
781b178c | 930 | |
a3540c92 JH |
931 | d_frexpl (d_frexpl.U): |
932 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FREXPL symbol, which | |
933 | indicates to the C program that the frexpl() routine is available. | |
934 | ||
ad27e871 | 935 | d_fs_data_s (d_fs_data_s.U): |
0545a864 JH |
936 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA symbol, |
937 | which indicates that the struct fs_data is supported. | |
938 | ||
781b178c JH |
939 | d_fseeko (d_fseeko.U): |
940 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSEEKO symbol, which | |
941 | indicates to the C program that the fseeko() routine is available. | |
942 | ||
781b178c JH |
943 | d_fsetpos (d_fsetpos.U): |
944 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FSETPOS if fsetpos() is | |
945 | available to set the file position indicator. | |
946 | ||
0545a864 | 947 | d_fstatfs (d_fstatfs.U): |
781b178c JH |
948 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATFS symbol, which |
949 | indicates to the C program that the fstatfs() routine is available. | |
950 | ||
951 | d_fstatvfs (d_statvfs.U): | |
952 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATVFS symbol, which | |
953 | indicates to the C program that the fstatvfs() routine is available. | |
954 | ||
411ab01c JH |
955 | d_fsync (d_fsync.U): |
956 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSYNC symbol, which | |
957 | indicates to the C program that the fsync() routine is available. | |
958 | ||
781b178c JH |
959 | d_ftello (d_ftello.U): |
960 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTELLO symbol, which | |
961 | indicates to the C program that the ftello() routine is available. | |
962 | ||
963 | d_ftime (d_ftime.U): | |
964 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTIME symbol, which indicates | |
965 | that the ftime() routine exists. The ftime() routine is basically | |
966 | a sub-second accuracy clock. | |
967 | ||
df4c34dc | 968 | d_futimes (d_futimes.U): |
dc814df1 MB |
969 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FUTIMES symbol, which |
970 | indicates to the C program that the futimes() routine is available. | |
971 | ||
4d54317a JH |
972 | d_Gconvert (d_gconvert.U): |
973 | This variable holds what Gconvert is defined as to convert | |
974 | floating point numbers into strings. By default, Configure | |
975 | sets this macro to use the first of gconvert, gcvt, or sprintf | |
1332606d | 976 | that pass sprintf-%g-like behavior tests. If perl is using |
4d54317a JH |
977 | long doubles, the macro uses the first of the following |
978 | functions that pass Configure's tests: qgcvt, sprintf (if | |
979 | Configure knows how to make sprintf format long doubles--see | |
635aebb7 AL |
980 | sPRIgldbl), gconvert, gcvt, and sprintf (casting to double). |
981 | The gconvert_preference and gconvert_ld_preference variables | |
4d54317a | 982 | can be used to alter Configure's preferences, for doubles and |
635aebb7 AL |
983 | long doubles, respectively. If present, they contain a |
984 | space-separated list of one or more of the above function | |
4d54317a JH |
985 | names in the order they should be tried. |
986 | ||
987 | d_Gconvert may be set to override Configure with a platform- | |
988 | specific function. If this function expects a double, a | |
989 | different value may need to be set by the uselongdouble.cbu | |
990 | call-back unit so that long doubles can be formatted without | |
991 | loss of precision. | |
992 | ||
e74475c7 MHM |
993 | d_gdbm_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): |
994 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
995 | which indicates that the gdbm-ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
996 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
997 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
998 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
999 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1000 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1001 | ||
1002 | d_gdbmndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): | |
1003 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1004 | which indicates that the gdbm/ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1005 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1006 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1007 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1008 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1009 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1010 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1011 | d_getaddrinfo (d_getaddrinfo.U): |
1012 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETADDRINFO symbol, | |
1013 | which indicates to the C program that the getaddrinfo() function | |
1014 | is available. | |
1015 | ||
49dabb45 JH |
1016 | d_getcwd (d_getcwd.U): |
1017 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETCWD symbol, which | |
1018 | indicates to the C program that the getcwd() routine is available | |
1019 | to get the current working directory. | |
1020 | ||
3813c136 JH |
1021 | d_getespwnam (d_getespwnam.U): |
1022 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETESPWNAM if getespwnam() is | |
47e01c32 | 1023 | available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. |
3813c136 | 1024 | |
c890dc6c JH |
1025 | d_getfsstat (d_getfsstat.U): |
1026 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETFSSTAT symbol, which | |
1027 | indicates to the C program that the getfsstat() routine is available. | |
1028 | ||
781b178c JH |
1029 | d_getgrent (d_getgrent.U): |
1030 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT symbol, which | |
1031 | indicates to the C program that the getgrent() routine is available | |
1032 | for sequential access of the group database. | |
1033 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1034 | d_getgrent_r (d_getgrent_r.U): |
1035 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT_R symbol, | |
1036 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrent_r() | |
1037 | routine is available. | |
1038 | ||
1039 | d_getgrgid_r (d_getgrgid_r.U): | |
1040 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRGID_R symbol, | |
1041 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrgid_r() | |
1042 | routine is available. | |
1043 | ||
1044 | d_getgrnam_r (d_getgrnam_r.U): | |
1045 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRNAM_R symbol, | |
1046 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrnam_r() | |
1047 | routine is available. | |
1048 | ||
781b178c JH |
1049 | d_getgrps (d_getgrps.U): |
1050 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGROUPS symbol, which | |
1051 | indicates to the C program that the getgroups() routine is available | |
1052 | to get the list of process groups. | |
1053 | ||
1054 | d_gethbyaddr (d_gethbyad.U): | |
1055 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR symbol, which | |
1056 | indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr() routine is available | |
1057 | to look up hosts by their IP addresses. | |
1058 | ||
1059 | d_gethbyname (d_gethbynm.U): | |
1060 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME symbol, which | |
1061 | indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname() routine is available | |
1062 | to look up host names in some data base or other. | |
1063 | ||
1064 | d_gethent (d_gethent.U): | |
1065 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETHOSTENT if gethostent() is | |
1066 | available to look up host names in some data base or another. | |
1067 | ||
1068 | d_gethname (d_gethname.U): | |
1069 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTNAME symbol, which | |
1070 | indicates to the C program that the gethostname() routine may be | |
1071 | used to derive the host name. | |
1072 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1073 | d_gethostbyaddr_r (d_gethostbyaddr_r.U): |
1074 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R symbol, | |
1075 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr_r() | |
1076 | routine is available. | |
1077 | ||
1078 | d_gethostbyname_r (d_gethostbyname_r.U): | |
1079 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1080 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname_r() | |
1081 | routine is available. | |
1082 | ||
1083 | d_gethostent_r (d_gethostent_r.U): | |
1084 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
1085 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostent_r() | |
1086 | routine is available. | |
1087 | ||
781b178c JH |
1088 | d_gethostprotos (d_gethostprotos.U): |
1089 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS symbol, | |
1090 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1091 | prototypes for the various gethost*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1092 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1093 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
1094 | d_getitimer (d_getitimer.U): |
1095 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETITIMER symbol, which | |
1096 | indicates to the C program that the getitimer() routine is available. | |
1097 | ||
781b178c JH |
1098 | d_getlogin (d_getlogin.U): |
1099 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN symbol, which | |
1100 | indicates to the C program that the getlogin() routine is available | |
1101 | to get the login name. | |
1102 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1103 | d_getlogin_r (d_getlogin_r.U): |
1104 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN_R symbol, | |
1105 | which indicates to the C program that the getlogin_r() | |
1106 | routine is available. | |
1107 | ||
ad27e871 JH |
1108 | d_getmnt (d_getmnt.U): |
1109 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNT symbol, which | |
1110 | indicates to the C program that the getmnt() routine is available | |
1111 | to retrieve one or more mount info blocks by filename. | |
1112 | ||
781b178c JH |
1113 | d_getmntent (d_getmntent.U): |
1114 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNTENT symbol, which | |
1115 | indicates to the C program that the getmntent() routine is available | |
0617aed7 | 1116 | to iterate through mounted files to get their mount info. |
781b178c | 1117 | |
5086dff9 MB |
1118 | d_getnameinfo (d_getnameinfo.U): |
1119 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNAMEINFO symbol, | |
1120 | which indicates to the C program that the getnameinfo() function | |
1121 | is available. | |
1122 | ||
781b178c JH |
1123 | d_getnbyaddr (d_getnbyad.U): |
1124 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR symbol, which | |
1125 | indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr() routine is available | |
1126 | to look up networks by their IP addresses. | |
1127 | ||
1128 | d_getnbyname (d_getnbynm.U): | |
1129 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME symbol, which | |
1130 | indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname() routine is available | |
1131 | to look up networks by their names. | |
1132 | ||
1133 | d_getnent (d_getnent.U): | |
1134 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETNETENT if getnetent() is | |
1135 | available to look up network names in some data base or another. | |
1136 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1137 | d_getnetbyaddr_r (d_getnetbyaddr_r.U): |
1138 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R symbol, | |
1139 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr_r() | |
1140 | routine is available. | |
1141 | ||
1142 | d_getnetbyname_r (d_getnetbyname_r.U): | |
1143 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1144 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname_r() | |
1145 | routine is available. | |
1146 | ||
1147 | d_getnetent_r (d_getnetent_r.U): | |
1148 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETENT_R symbol, | |
1149 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetent_r() | |
1150 | routine is available. | |
1151 | ||
781b178c JH |
1152 | d_getnetprotos (d_getnetprotos.U): |
1153 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNET_PROTOS symbol, | |
1154 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1155 | prototypes for the various getnet*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1156 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1157 | ||
0c0643d0 JH |
1158 | d_getpagsz (d_getpagsz.U): |
1159 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPAGESIZE if getpagesize() | |
1160 | is available to get the system page size. | |
1161 | ||
781b178c | 1162 | d_getpbyname (d_getprotby.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
1163 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME |
1164 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1165 | getprotobyname() routine is available to look up protocols |
1166 | by their name. | |
1167 | ||
1168 | d_getpbynumber (d_getprotby.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
1169 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER |
1170 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1171 | getprotobynumber() routine is available to look up protocols |
1172 | by their number. | |
1173 | ||
1174 | d_getpent (d_getpent.U): | |
1175 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPROTOENT if getprotoent() is | |
1176 | available to look up protocols in some data base or another. | |
1177 | ||
1178 | d_getpgid (d_getpgid.U): | |
1179 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGID symbol, which | |
1180 | indicates to the C program that the getpgid(pid) function | |
1181 | is available to get the process group id. | |
1182 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1183 | d_getpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): |
1184 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPGRP if getpgrp() is | |
1185 | available to get the current process group. | |
1186 | ||
781b178c JH |
1187 | d_getpgrp2 (d_getpgrp2.U): |
1188 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGRP2 symbol, which | |
1189 | indicates to the C program that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine | |
1190 | is available to get the current process group. | |
1191 | ||
781b178c JH |
1192 | d_getppid (d_getppid.U): |
1193 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPPID symbol, which | |
1194 | indicates to the C program that the getppid() routine is available | |
1195 | to get the parent process ID. | |
1196 | ||
1197 | d_getprior (d_getprior.U): | |
1198 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRIORITY if getpriority() | |
1199 | is available to get a process's priority. | |
1200 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1201 | d_getprotobyname_r (d_getprotobyname_r.U): |
1202 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1203 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotobyname_r() | |
1204 | routine is available. | |
1205 | ||
1206 | d_getprotobynumber_r (d_getprotobynumber_r.U): | |
1207 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R symbol, | |
1208 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotobynumber_r() | |
1209 | routine is available. | |
1210 | ||
1211 | d_getprotoent_r (d_getprotoent_r.U): | |
1212 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
1213 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotoent_r() | |
1214 | routine is available. | |
1215 | ||
781b178c JH |
1216 | d_getprotoprotos (d_getprotoprotos.U): |
1217 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS symbol, | |
1218 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1219 | prototypes for the various getproto*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1220 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1221 | ||
3813c136 JH |
1222 | d_getprpwnam (d_getprpwnam.U): |
1223 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRPWNAM if getprpwnam() is | |
1224 | available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. | |
1225 | ||
781b178c JH |
1226 | d_getpwent (d_getpwent.U): |
1227 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT symbol, which | |
1228 | indicates to the C program that the getpwent() routine is available | |
1229 | for sequential access of the passwd database. | |
1230 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1231 | d_getpwent_r (d_getpwent_r.U): |
1232 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT_R symbol, | |
1233 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwent_r() | |
1234 | routine is available. | |
1235 | ||
1236 | d_getpwnam_r (d_getpwnam_r.U): | |
1237 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWNAM_R symbol, | |
1238 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwnam_r() | |
1239 | routine is available. | |
1240 | ||
1241 | d_getpwuid_r (d_getpwuid_r.U): | |
1242 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWUID_R symbol, | |
1243 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwuid_r() | |
1244 | routine is available. | |
1245 | ||
781b178c | 1246 | d_getsbyname (d_getsrvby.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
1247 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME |
1248 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1249 | getservbyname() routine is available to look up services |
1250 | by their name. | |
1251 | ||
1252 | d_getsbyport (d_getsrvby.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
1253 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT |
1254 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1255 | getservbyport() routine is available to look up services |
1256 | by their port. | |
1257 | ||
1258 | d_getsent (d_getsent.U): | |
1259 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSERVENT if getservent() is | |
1260 | available to look up network services in some data base or another. | |
1261 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1262 | d_getservbyname_r (d_getservbyname_r.U): |
1263 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1264 | which indicates to the C program that the getservbyname_r() | |
1265 | routine is available. | |
1266 | ||
1267 | d_getservbyport_r (d_getservbyport_r.U): | |
1268 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R symbol, | |
1269 | which indicates to the C program that the getservbyport_r() | |
1270 | routine is available. | |
1271 | ||
1272 | d_getservent_r (d_getservent_r.U): | |
1273 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVENT_R symbol, | |
1274 | which indicates to the C program that the getservent_r() | |
1275 | routine is available. | |
1276 | ||
781b178c JH |
1277 | d_getservprotos (d_getservprotos.U): |
1278 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS symbol, | |
1279 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1280 | prototypes for the various getserv*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1281 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1282 | ||
781b178c JH |
1283 | d_getspnam (d_getspnam.U): |
1284 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSPNAM if getspnam() is | |
1285 | available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. | |
1286 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1287 | d_getspnam_r (d_getspnam_r.U): |
1288 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSPNAM_R symbol, | |
1289 | which indicates to the C program that the getspnam_r() | |
1290 | routine is available. | |
1291 | ||
781b178c JH |
1292 | d_gettimeod (d_ftime.U): |
1293 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY symbol, which | |
1294 | indicates that the gettimeofday() system call exists (to obtain a | |
1295 | sub-second accuracy clock). You should probably include <sys/resource.h>. | |
1296 | ||
96938616 MB |
1297 | d_gmtime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1298 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GMTIME64 symbol, which | |
1299 | indicates to the C program that the gmtime64 () routine is available. | |
1300 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1301 | d_gmtime_r (d_gmtime_r.U): |
1302 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GMTIME_R symbol, | |
1303 | which indicates to the C program that the gmtime_r() | |
1304 | routine is available. | |
1305 | ||
781b178c JH |
1306 | d_gnulibc (d_gnulibc.U): |
1307 | Defined if we're dealing with the GNU C Library. | |
1308 | ||
1309 | d_grpasswd (i_grp.U): | |
1310 | This variable conditionally defines GRPASSWD, which indicates | |
1311 | that struct group in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. | |
1312 | ||
1313 | d_hasmntopt (d_hasmntopt.U): | |
1314 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_HASMNTOPT symbol, which | |
1315 | indicates to the C program that the hasmntopt() routine is available | |
1316 | to query the mount options of file systems. | |
1317 | ||
1318 | d_htonl (d_htonl.U): | |
1319 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_HTONL if htonl() and its | |
1320 | friends are available to do network order byte swapping. | |
1321 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1322 | d_hypot (d_hypot.U): |
1323 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_HYPOT if hypot is available | |
1324 | for numerically stable hypotenuse function. | |
1325 | ||
1326 | d_ilogb (d_ilogb.U): | |
1327 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ILOGB symbol, which | |
1328 | indicates to the C program that the ilogb() routine is available | |
1329 | for extracting the exponent of double x as a signed integer. | |
1330 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
1331 | d_ilogbl (d_ilogbl.U): |
1332 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ILOGBL symbol, which | |
427d28ce JH |
1333 | indicates to the C program that the ilogbl() routine is available |
1334 | for extracting the exponent of long double x as a signed integer. | |
5c567d7d JH |
1335 | If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. |
1336 | ||
c95d0e17 GA |
1337 | d_inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): |
1338 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST. | |
1339 | It is set to undef when PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST is empty. | |
1340 | ||
781b178c JH |
1341 | d_index (d_strchr.U): |
1342 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_INDEX if index() and | |
1343 | rindex() are available for string searching. | |
1344 | ||
1345 | d_inetaton (d_inetaton.U): | |
1346 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INET_ATON symbol, which | |
1347 | indicates to the C program that the inet_aton() function is available | |
1348 | to parse IP address "dotted-quad" strings. | |
1349 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1350 | d_inetntop (d_inetntop.U): |
1351 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INETNTOP symbol, | |
1352 | which indicates to the C program that the inet_ntop() function | |
1353 | is available. | |
1354 | ||
1355 | d_inetpton (d_inetpton.U): | |
1356 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INETPTON symbol, | |
1357 | which indicates to the C program that the inet_pton() function | |
1358 | is available. | |
1359 | ||
13b3f787 | 1360 | d_int64_t (d_int64_t.U): |
781b178c JH |
1361 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. |
1362 | ||
122b9bf4 MB |
1363 | d_ip_mreq (d_socket.U): |
1364 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IP_MREQ symbol, which | |
1365 | indicates the availability of a struct ip_mreq. | |
1366 | ||
3e06601f MB |
1367 | d_ip_mreq_source (d_socket.U): |
1368 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE symbol, | |
1369 | which indicates the availability of a struct ip_mreq_source. | |
1370 | ||
18126d98 MB |
1371 | d_ipv6_mreq (d_socket.U): |
1372 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IPV6_MREQ symbol, which | |
1373 | indicates the availability of a struct ipv6_mreq. | |
1374 | ||
3e06601f MB |
1375 | d_ipv6_mreq_source (d_socket.U): |
1376 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE symbol, | |
1377 | which indicates the availability of a struct ipv6_mreq_source. | |
1378 | ||
781b178c JH |
1379 | d_isascii (d_isascii.U): |
1380 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISASCII constant, | |
1381 | which indicates to the C program that isascii() is available. | |
1382 | ||
269a7913 MB |
1383 | d_isblank (d_isblank.U): |
1384 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISBLANK constant, | |
1385 | which indicates to the C program that isblank() is available. | |
1386 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
1387 | d_isfinite (d_isfinite.U): |
1388 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISFINITE symbol, which | |
1389 | indicates to the C program that the isfinite() routine is available. | |
1390 | ||
fa484e60 JH |
1391 | d_isfinitel (d_isfinitel.U): |
1392 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISFINITEL symbol, which | |
1393 | indicates to the C program that the isfinitel() routine is available. | |
1394 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
1395 | d_isinf (d_isinf.U): |
1396 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISINF symbol, which | |
1397 | indicates to the C program that the isinf() routine is available. | |
1398 | ||
fa484e60 JH |
1399 | d_isinfl (d_isinfl.U): |
1400 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISINFL symbol, which | |
1401 | indicates to the C program that the isinfl() routine is available. | |
1402 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
1403 | d_isnan (d_isnan.U): |
1404 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNAN symbol, which | |
1405 | indicates to the C program that the isnan() routine is available. | |
1406 | ||
1407 | d_isnanl (d_isnanl.U): | |
1408 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNANL symbol, which | |
1409 | indicates to the C program that the isnanl() routine is available. | |
1410 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
1411 | d_isnormal (d_isnormal.U): |
1412 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNORMAL symbol, which | |
1413 | indicates to the C program that the isnormal() routine is available. | |
1414 | ||
4671125a | 1415 | d_j0 (d_j0.U): |
4671125a JH |
1416 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_J0 symbol, which |
1417 | indicates to the C program that the j0() routine is available. | |
1418 | ||
d0166596 | 1419 | d_j0l (d_j0.U): |
4671125a JH |
1420 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_J0L symbol, which |
1421 | indicates to the C program that the j0l() routine is available. | |
1422 | ||
781b178c JH |
1423 | d_killpg (d_killpg.U): |
1424 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_KILLPG symbol, which | |
1425 | indicates to the C program that the killpg() routine is available | |
1426 | to kill process groups. | |
1427 | ||
b15c1b56 AF |
1428 | d_lc_monetary_2008 (d_lc_monetary_2008.U): |
1429 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008 if libc | |
1430 | has the international currency locale rules from POSIX | |
1431 | 1003.1-2008. | |
1432 | ||
781b178c JH |
1433 | d_lchown (d_lchown.U): |
1434 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LCHOWN symbol, which | |
1435 | indicates to the C program that the lchown() routine is available | |
1436 | to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the link). | |
1437 | ||
ca24dfc6 LV |
1438 | d_ldbl_dig (d_ldbl_dig.U): |
1439 | This variable conditionally defines d_ldbl_dig if this system's | |
1440 | header files provide LDBL_DIG, which is the number of significant | |
1441 | digits in a long double precision number. | |
1442 | ||
db8b8c75 | 1443 | d_ldexpl (d_longdbl.U): |
688e39e5 JH |
1444 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LDEXPL symbol, which |
1445 | indicates to the C program that the ldexpl() routine is available. | |
1446 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1447 | d_lgamma (d_lgamma.U): |
1448 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LGAMMA symbol, which | |
1449 | indicates to the C program that the lgamma() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1450 | for the log gamma function. See also d_tgamma and d_lgamma_r. |
427d28ce JH |
1451 | |
1452 | d_lgamma_r (d_lgamma_r.U): | |
1453 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LGAMMA_R symbol, which | |
f40bbcbf MB |
1454 | indicates to the C program that the lgamma_r() routine is available |
1455 | for the log gamma function, without using the global signgam variable. | |
427d28ce | 1456 | |
df4c34dc MB |
1457 | d_libm_lib_version (d_libm_lib_version.U): |
1458 | This variable conditionally defines the LIBM_LIB_VERSION symbol, | |
1459 | which indicates to the C program that math.h defines _LIB_VERSION | |
1460 | being available in libm | |
1461 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
1462 | d_libname_unique (so.U): |
1463 | This variable is defined if the target system insists on unique | |
1464 | basenames for shared library files. This is currently true on Android, | |
1465 | false everywhere else we know of. | |
1466 | Defaults to 'undef'. | |
1467 | ||
781b178c JH |
1468 | d_link (d_link.U): |
1469 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LINK if link() is | |
1470 | available to create hard links. | |
1471 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1472 | d_llrint (d_llrint.U): |
1473 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLRINT symbol, which | |
1474 | indicates to the C program that the llrint() routine is available | |
1475 | to return the long long value closest to (according to the current | |
1476 | rounding mode) to x. | |
1477 | ||
bc580dd3 JH |
1478 | d_llrintl (d_llrintl.U): |
1479 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLRINTL symbol, which | |
1480 | indicates to the C program that the llrintl() routine is available | |
1481 | to return the long long value closest to (according to the current | |
1482 | rounding mode) to long double x. | |
1483 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1484 | d_llround (d_llround.U): |
1485 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLROUND symbol, which | |
1486 | indicates to the C program that the llround() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1487 | to return the long long value nearest to x. |
427d28ce | 1488 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1489 | d_llroundl (d_llroundl.U): |
1490 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLROUNDL symbol, which | |
1491 | indicates to the C program that the llroundl() routine is available | |
1492 | to return the long long value nearest to long double x. | |
1493 | ||
96938616 MB |
1494 | d_localtime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1495 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALTIME64 symbol, which | |
1496 | indicates to the C program that the localtime64 () routine is available. | |
1497 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1498 | d_localtime_r (d_localtime_r.U): |
1499 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALTIME_R symbol, | |
1500 | which indicates to the C program that the localtime_r() | |
1501 | routine is available. | |
1502 | ||
f025e94b MB |
1503 | d_localtime_r_needs_tzset (d_localtime_r.U): |
1504 | This variable conditionally defines the LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET | |
1505 | symbol, which makes us call tzset before localtime_r() | |
1506 | ||
781b178c JH |
1507 | d_locconv (d_locconv.U): |
1508 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCALECONV if localeconv() is | |
1509 | available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. | |
1510 | ||
781b178c JH |
1511 | d_lockf (d_lockf.U): |
1512 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCKF if lockf() is | |
1513 | available to do file locking. | |
1514 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1515 | d_log1p (d_log1p.U): |
1516 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOG1P symbol, which | |
1517 | indicates to the C program that the logp1() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1518 | to compute log(1 + x) for values of x close to zero. |
427d28ce JH |
1519 | |
1520 | d_log2 (d_log2.U): | |
1521 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOG2 symbol, which | |
1522 | indicates to the C program that the log2() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1523 | to compute log base two. |
427d28ce JH |
1524 | |
1525 | d_logb (d_logb.U): | |
1526 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOGB symbol, which | |
1527 | indicates to the C program that the logb() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1528 | to extract the exponent of x. |
427d28ce | 1529 | |
781b178c | 1530 | d_longdbl (d_longdbl.U): |
635aebb7 | 1531 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_DOUBLE if |
781b178c JH |
1532 | the long double type is supported. |
1533 | ||
1534 | d_longlong (d_longlong.U): | |
635aebb7 | 1535 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_LONG if |
781b178c JH |
1536 | the long long type is supported. |
1537 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1538 | d_lrint (d_lrint.U): |
1539 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LRINT symbol, which | |
1540 | indicates to the C program that the lrint() routine is available | |
1541 | to return the integral value closest to (according to the current | |
1542 | rounding mode) to x. | |
1543 | ||
bc580dd3 JH |
1544 | d_lrintl (d_lrintl.U): |
1545 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LRINTL symbol, which | |
1546 | indicates to the C program that the lrintl() routine is available | |
1547 | to return the integral value closest to (according to the current | |
1548 | rounding mode) to long double x. | |
1549 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1550 | d_lround (d_lround.U): |
1551 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LROUND symbol, which | |
1552 | indicates to the C program that the lround() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1553 | to return the integral value nearest to x. |
427d28ce | 1554 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1555 | d_lroundl (d_lroundl.U): |
1556 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LROUNDL symbol, which | |
1557 | indicates to the C program that the lroundl() routine is available | |
1558 | to return the integral value nearest to x of the long double argument. | |
1559 | ||
c890dc6c JH |
1560 | d_lseekproto (d_lseekproto.U): |
1561 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LSEEK_PROTO symbol, | |
1562 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
1563 | a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is | |
1564 | up to the program to supply one. | |
1565 | ||
781b178c JH |
1566 | d_lstat (d_lstat.U): |
1567 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LSTAT if lstat() is | |
1568 | available to do file stats on symbolic links. | |
1569 | ||
792d8dab JH |
1570 | d_madvise (d_madvise.U): |
1571 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MADVISE if madvise() is | |
1572 | available to map a file into memory. | |
1573 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1574 | d_malloc_good_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1575 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size | |
7dd121ae MB |
1576 | routine is available for use. |
1577 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1578 | d_malloc_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1579 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size | |
7dd121ae MB |
1580 | routine is available for use. |
1581 | ||
781b178c JH |
1582 | d_mblen (d_mblen.U): |
1583 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBLEN symbol, which | |
1584 | indicates to the C program that the mblen() routine is available | |
1585 | to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. | |
1586 | ||
1587 | d_mbstowcs (d_mbstowcs.U): | |
1588 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBSTOWCS symbol, which | |
1589 | indicates to the C program that the mbstowcs() routine is available | |
1590 | to convert a multibyte string into a wide character string. | |
1591 | ||
1592 | d_mbtowc (d_mbtowc.U): | |
1593 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBTOWC symbol, which | |
1594 | indicates to the C program that the mbtowc() routine is available | |
1595 | to convert multibyte to a wide character. | |
1596 | ||
1597 | d_memchr (d_memchr.U): | |
1598 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMCHR symbol, which | |
1599 | indicates to the C program that the memchr() routine is available | |
1600 | to locate characters within a C string. | |
1601 | ||
1602 | d_memcmp (d_memcmp.U): | |
1603 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMCMP symbol, which | |
1604 | indicates to the C program that the memcmp() routine is available | |
1605 | to compare blocks of memory. | |
1606 | ||
1607 | d_memcpy (d_memcpy.U): | |
1608 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMCPY symbol, which | |
1609 | indicates to the C program that the memcpy() routine is available | |
1610 | to copy blocks of memory. | |
1611 | ||
1612 | d_memmove (d_memmove.U): | |
1613 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMMOVE symbol, which | |
1614 | indicates to the C program that the memmove() routine is available | |
47e01c32 | 1615 | to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. |
781b178c JH |
1616 | |
1617 | d_memset (d_memset.U): | |
1618 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMSET symbol, which | |
1619 | indicates to the C program that the memset() routine is available | |
1620 | to set blocks of memory. | |
1621 | ||
1622 | d_mkdir (d_mkdir.U): | |
1623 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDIR symbol, which | |
1624 | indicates to the C program that the mkdir() routine is available | |
209e5c0a | 1625 | to create directories.. |
781b178c | 1626 | |
fe749a9f JH |
1627 | d_mkdtemp (d_mkdtemp.U): |
1628 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDTEMP symbol, which | |
1629 | indicates to the C program that the mkdtemp() routine is available | |
1630 | to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. | |
1631 | ||
781b178c JH |
1632 | d_mkfifo (d_mkfifo.U): |
1633 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKFIFO symbol, which | |
1634 | indicates to the C program that the mkfifo() routine is available. | |
1635 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1636 | d_mkstemp (d_mkstemp.U): |
1637 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMP symbol, which | |
1638 | indicates to the C program that the mkstemp() routine is available | |
1639 | to exclusively create and open a uniquely named temporary file. | |
1640 | ||
1641 | d_mkstemps (d_mkstemps.U): | |
1642 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMPS symbol, which | |
1643 | indicates to the C program that the mkstemps() routine is available | |
1644 | to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a suffix) | |
1645 | temporary file. | |
1646 | ||
781b178c JH |
1647 | d_mktime (d_mktime.U): |
1648 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME symbol, which | |
1649 | indicates to the C program that the mktime() routine is available. | |
1650 | ||
96938616 MB |
1651 | d_mktime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1652 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME64 symbol, which | |
1653 | indicates to the C program that the mktime64 () routine is available. | |
1654 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1655 | d_mmap (d_mmap.U): |
1656 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MMAP if mmap() is | |
1657 | available to map a file into memory. | |
1658 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
1659 | d_modfl (d_modfl.U): |
1660 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MODFL symbol, which | |
1661 | indicates to the C program that the modfl() routine is available. | |
1662 | ||
e67aeab1 JH |
1663 | d_modfl_pow32_bug (d_modfl.U): |
1664 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG symbol, | |
1665 | which indicates that modfl() is broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). | |
1666 | For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 | |
1667 | and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, | |
1668 | release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. | |
1669 | ||
44b94491 MB |
1670 | d_modflproto (d_modfl.U): |
1671 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides | |
1672 | a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up | |
1673 | to the program to supply one. C99 says it should be | |
1674 | long double modfl(long double, long double *); | |
1675 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1676 | d_mprotect (d_mprotect.U): |
1677 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MPROTECT if mprotect() is | |
1678 | available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. | |
1679 | ||
781b178c JH |
1680 | d_msg (d_msg.U): |
1681 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG symbol, which | |
1682 | indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is present. | |
1683 | ||
1684 | d_msg_ctrunc (d_socket.U): | |
1685 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_CTRUNC symbol, | |
1686 | which indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is available. #ifdef is | |
1687 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1688 | ||
1689 | d_msg_dontroute (d_socket.U): | |
1690 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE symbol, | |
1691 | which indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is available. #ifdef is | |
1692 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1693 | ||
1694 | d_msg_oob (d_socket.U): | |
1695 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_OOB symbol, | |
1696 | which indicates that the MSG_OOB is available. #ifdef is | |
1697 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1698 | ||
1699 | d_msg_peek (d_socket.U): | |
1700 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PEEK symbol, | |
1701 | which indicates that the MSG_PEEK is available. #ifdef is | |
1702 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1703 | ||
1704 | d_msg_proxy (d_socket.U): | |
1705 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PROXY symbol, | |
1706 | which indicates that the MSG_PROXY is available. #ifdef is | |
1707 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1708 | ||
1709 | d_msgctl (d_msgctl.U): | |
1710 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGCTL symbol, which | |
1711 | indicates to the C program that the msgctl() routine is available. | |
1712 | ||
1713 | d_msgget (d_msgget.U): | |
1714 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGGET symbol, which | |
1715 | indicates to the C program that the msgget() routine is available. | |
1716 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
1717 | d_msghdr_s (d_msghdr_s.U): |
1718 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR symbol, | |
1719 | which indicates that the struct msghdr is supported. | |
1720 | ||
781b178c JH |
1721 | d_msgrcv (d_msgrcv.U): |
1722 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGRCV symbol, which | |
1723 | indicates to the C program that the msgrcv() routine is available. | |
1724 | ||
1725 | d_msgsnd (d_msgsnd.U): | |
1726 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGSND symbol, which | |
1727 | indicates to the C program that the msgsnd() routine is available. | |
1728 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1729 | d_msync (d_msync.U): |
1730 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MSYNC if msync() is | |
1731 | available to synchronize a mapped file. | |
1732 | ||
1733 | d_munmap (d_munmap.U): | |
1734 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MUNMAP if munmap() is | |
1735 | available to unmap a region mapped by mmap(). | |
1736 | ||
781b178c JH |
1737 | d_mymalloc (mallocsrc.U): |
1738 | This variable conditionally defines MYMALLOC in case other parts | |
1739 | of the source want to take special action if MYMALLOC is used. | |
1740 | This may include different sorts of profiling or error detection. | |
1741 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1742 | d_nan (d_nan.U): |
1743 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NAN if nan() is | |
1744 | available to generate NaN. | |
1745 | ||
a33f2d9f AD |
1746 | d_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
1747 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NDBM symbol, which | |
1748 | indicates that both the ndbm.h include file and an appropriate ndbm | |
1749 | library exist. Consult the different i_*ndbm variables | |
1750 | to find out the actual include location. Sometimes, a system has the | |
1751 | header file but not the library. This variable will only be set if | |
1752 | the system has both. | |
1753 | ||
e74475c7 MHM |
1754 | d_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): |
1755 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1756 | which indicates that the ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1757 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1758 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1759 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1760 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1761 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1762 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1763 | d_nearbyint (d_nearbyint.U): |
1764 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEARBYINT if nearbyint() | |
1765 | is available to return the integral value closest to (according to | |
1766 | the current rounding mode) to x. | |
1767 | ||
1768 | d_nextafter (d_nextafter.U): | |
1769 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEXTAFTER if nextafter() | |
1770 | is available to return the next machine representable double from | |
1771 | x in direction y. | |
1772 | ||
1773 | d_nexttoward (d_nexttoward.U): | |
1774 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEXTTOWARD if nexttoward() | |
1775 | is available to return the next machine representable long double from | |
1776 | x in direction y. | |
1777 | ||
781b178c JH |
1778 | d_nice (d_nice.U): |
1779 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NICE symbol, which | |
1780 | indicates to the C program that the nice() routine is available. | |
1781 | ||
2765b840 JH |
1782 | d_nl_langinfo (d_nl_langinfo.U): |
1783 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NL_LANGINFO symbol, which | |
1784 | indicates to the C program that the nl_langinfo() routine is available. | |
1785 | ||
78691af5 | 1786 | d_nv_preserves_uv (perlxv.U): |
cce08f5b JH |
1787 | This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype |
1788 | can preserve all the bits a variable of type uvtype. | |
1789 | ||
f607920a CB |
1790 | d_nv_zero_is_allbits_zero (perlxv.U): |
1791 | This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype | |
1792 | stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. | |
1793 | ||
c890dc6c | 1794 | d_off64_t (d_off64_t.U): |
781b178c JH |
1795 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. |
1796 | ||
781b178c JH |
1797 | d_old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): |
1798 | This variable conditionally defines pthread_create_joinable. | |
1799 | undef if pthread.h defines PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. | |
1800 | ||
1801 | d_oldpthreads (usethreads.U): | |
1802 | This variable conditionally defines the OLD_PTHREADS_API symbol, | |
1803 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the old | |
8c09e4ca | 1804 | draft POSIX threads API. This is only potentially meaningful if |
781b178c JH |
1805 | usethreads is set. |
1806 | ||
1807 | d_oldsock (d_socket.U): | |
1808 | This variable conditionally defines the OLDSOCKET symbol, which | |
1809 | indicates that the BSD socket interface is based on 4.1c and not 4.2. | |
1810 | ||
1811 | d_open3 (d_open3.U): | |
1812 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_OPEN3 manifest constant, | |
1813 | which indicates to the C program that the 3 argument version of | |
1814 | the open(2) function is available. | |
1815 | ||
781b178c JH |
1816 | d_pathconf (d_pathconf.U): |
1817 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PATHCONF symbol, which | |
1818 | indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available | |
1819 | to determine file-system related limits and options associated | |
1820 | with a given filename. | |
1821 | ||
1822 | d_pause (d_pause.U): | |
1823 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PAUSE symbol, which | |
1824 | indicates to the C program that the pause() routine is available | |
1825 | to suspend a process until a signal is received. | |
1826 | ||
3b777bb4 GS |
1827 | d_perl_otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): |
1828 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS, which | |
1829 | contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl binary to | |
1830 | include in @INC. See also otherlibdirs. | |
1831 | ||
781b178c JH |
1832 | d_phostname (d_gethname.U): |
1833 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PHOSTNAME symbol, which | |
1834 | contains the shell command which, when fed to popen(), may be | |
1835 | used to derive the host name. | |
1836 | ||
1837 | d_pipe (d_pipe.U): | |
1838 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PIPE symbol, which | |
1839 | indicates to the C program that the pipe() routine is available | |
1840 | to create an inter-process channel. | |
1841 | ||
1842 | d_poll (d_poll.U): | |
1843 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_POLL symbol, which | |
1844 | indicates to the C program that the poll() routine is available | |
1845 | to poll active file descriptors. | |
1846 | ||
1847 | d_portable (d_portable.U): | |
1848 | This variable conditionally defines the PORTABLE symbol, which | |
1849 | indicates to the C program that it should not assume that it is | |
1850 | running on the machine it was compiled on. | |
1851 | ||
c796e3db MB |
1852 | d_prctl (d_prctl.U): |
1853 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PRCTL symbol, which | |
1854 | indicates to the C program that the prctl() routine is available. | |
b75ee85b JH |
1855 | Note that there are at least two prctl variants: Linux and Irix. |
1856 | While they are somewhat similar, they are incompatible. | |
c796e3db | 1857 | |
f918391d MB |
1858 | d_prctl_set_name (d_prctl.U): |
1859 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME symbol, | |
2245bcb6 CB |
1860 | which indicates to the C program that the prctl() routine supports |
1861 | the PR_SET_NAME option. | |
c796e3db | 1862 | |
4d54317a JH |
1863 | d_PRId64 (quadfio.U): |
1864 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRId64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1865 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
1866 | |
1867 | d_PRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1868 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1869 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1870 | |
1871 | d_PRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1872 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1873 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1874 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIeldbl so that even |
1875 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
1876 | ||
1877 | d_PRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1878 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1879 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1880 | |
1881 | d_PRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1882 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1883 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1884 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIfldbl so that even |
1885 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
1886 | ||
1887 | d_PRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1888 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1889 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1890 | |
1891 | d_PRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1892 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1893 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1894 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIgldbl so that even |
1895 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
1896 | ||
1897 | d_PRIi64 (quadfio.U): | |
1898 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIi64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1899 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. |
4d54317a | 1900 | |
066e7355 | 1901 | d_printf_format_null (d_attribut.U): |
dcb594bc MB |
1902 | This variable conditionally defines PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK, which |
1903 | indicates the C compiler allows printf-like formats to be null. | |
1904 | ||
4d54317a JH |
1905 | d_PRIo64 (quadfio.U): |
1906 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIo64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1907 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit octal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
1908 | |
1909 | d_PRIu64 (quadfio.U): | |
1910 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIu64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1911 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit unsigned decimal |
4d54317a JH |
1912 | numbers. |
1913 | ||
1914 | d_PRIx64 (quadfio.U): | |
1915 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIx64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1916 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hexadecimal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
1917 | |
1918 | d_PRIXU64 (quadfio.U): | |
1919 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIXU64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1920 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
1921 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIx64 so that even |
1922 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
1923 | ||
428dc699 JH |
1924 | d_procselfexe (d_procselfexe.U): |
1925 | Defined if $procselfexe is symlink to the absolute | |
1926 | pathname of the executing program. | |
1927 | ||
233e16ce MB |
1928 | d_pseudofork (d_vfork.U): |
1929 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PSEUDOFORK symbol, | |
1930 | which indicates that an emulation of the fork routine is available. | |
1931 | ||
d6483fcc JH |
1932 | d_pthread_atfork (d_pthread_atfork.U): |
1933 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK symbol, | |
1934 | which indicates to the C program that the pthread_atfork() | |
1935 | routine is available. | |
1936 | ||
505656d3 JH |
1937 | d_pthread_attr_setscope (d_pthread_attr_ss.U): |
1938 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE if | |
1939 | pthread_attr_setscope() is available to set the contention scope | |
1940 | attribute of a thread attribute object. | |
1941 | ||
781b178c JH |
1942 | d_pthread_yield (d_pthread_y.U): |
1943 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD | |
1944 | symbol if the pthread_yield routine is available to yield | |
1945 | the execution of the current thread. | |
1946 | ||
0e0c5f82 | 1947 | d_ptrdiff_t (d_ptrdiff_t.U): |
35ab5b73 BF |
1948 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t. |
1949 | ||
781b178c JH |
1950 | d_pwage (i_pwd.U): |
1951 | This variable conditionally defines PWAGE, which indicates | |
1952 | that struct passwd contains pw_age. | |
1953 | ||
1954 | d_pwchange (i_pwd.U): | |
1955 | This variable conditionally defines PWCHANGE, which indicates | |
1956 | that struct passwd contains pw_change. | |
1957 | ||
1958 | d_pwclass (i_pwd.U): | |
1959 | This variable conditionally defines PWCLASS, which indicates | |
1960 | that struct passwd contains pw_class. | |
1961 | ||
1962 | d_pwcomment (i_pwd.U): | |
1963 | This variable conditionally defines PWCOMMENT, which indicates | |
1964 | that struct passwd contains pw_comment. | |
1965 | ||
1966 | d_pwexpire (i_pwd.U): | |
1967 | This variable conditionally defines PWEXPIRE, which indicates | |
1968 | that struct passwd contains pw_expire. | |
1969 | ||
1970 | d_pwgecos (i_pwd.U): | |
1971 | This variable conditionally defines PWGECOS, which indicates | |
1972 | that struct passwd contains pw_gecos. | |
1973 | ||
1974 | d_pwpasswd (i_pwd.U): | |
1975 | This variable conditionally defines PWPASSWD, which indicates | |
1976 | that struct passwd contains pw_passwd. | |
1977 | ||
1978 | d_pwquota (i_pwd.U): | |
1979 | This variable conditionally defines PWQUOTA, which indicates | |
1980 | that struct passwd contains pw_quota. | |
1981 | ||
792d8dab JH |
1982 | d_qgcvt (d_qgcvt.U): |
1983 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_QGCVT symbol, which | |
1984 | indicates to the C program that the qgcvt() routine is available. | |
1985 | ||
de1c2614 JH |
1986 | d_quad (quadtype.U): |
1987 | This variable, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, | |
1988 | quadtype. | |
1989 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1990 | d_random_r (d_random_r.U): |
1991 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RANDOM_R symbol, | |
1992 | which indicates to the C program that the random_r() | |
1993 | routine is available. | |
1994 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
1995 | d_re_comp (d_regcmp.U): |
1996 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RECOMP symbol, which | |
1997 | indicates to the C program that the re_comp() routine is available | |
1998 | for regular patern matching (usally on BSD). If so, it is likely that | |
1999 | re_exec() exists. | |
2000 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
2001 | d_readdir (d_readdir.U): |
2002 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_READDIR if readdir() is | |
2003 | available to read directory entries. | |
2004 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2005 | d_readdir64_r (d_readdir64_r.U): |
2006 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READDIR64_R symbol, | |
2007 | which indicates to the C program that the readdir64_r() | |
2008 | routine is available. | |
2009 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2010 | d_readdir_r (d_readdir_r.U): |
2011 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READDIR_R symbol, | |
2012 | which indicates to the C program that the readdir_r() | |
2013 | routine is available. | |
2014 | ||
781b178c JH |
2015 | d_readlink (d_readlink.U): |
2016 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READLINK symbol, which | |
2017 | indicates to the C program that the readlink() routine is available | |
2018 | to read the value of a symbolic link. | |
2019 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2020 | d_readv (d_readv.U): |
2021 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READV symbol, which | |
2022 | indicates to the C program that the readv() routine is available. | |
2023 | ||
2024 | d_recvmsg (d_recvmsg.U): | |
2025 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RECVMSG symbol, which | |
2026 | indicates to the C program that the recvmsg() routine is available. | |
2027 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2028 | d_regcmp (d_regcmp.U): |
2029 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REGCMP symbol, which | |
2030 | indicates to the C program that the regcmp() routine is available | |
2031 | for regular patern matching (usally on System V). | |
2032 | ||
2033 | d_regcomp (d_regcmp.U): | |
2034 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REGCOMP symbol, which | |
2035 | indicates to the C program that the regcomp() routine is available | |
2036 | for regular patern matching (usally on POSIX.2 conforming systems). | |
2037 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2038 | d_remainder (d_remainder.U): |
2039 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REMAINDER symbol, which | |
2040 | indicates to the C program that the remainder() routine is available. | |
2041 | ||
2042 | d_remquo (d_remquo.U): | |
2043 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REMQUO symbol, which | |
2044 | indicates to the C program that the remquo() routine is available. | |
2045 | ||
781b178c JH |
2046 | d_rename (d_rename.U): |
2047 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RENAME symbol, which | |
2048 | indicates to the C program that the rename() routine is available | |
2049 | to rename files. | |
2050 | ||
2051 | d_rewinddir (d_readdir.U): | |
2052 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_REWINDDIR if rewinddir() is | |
2053 | available. | |
2054 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2055 | d_rint (d_rint.U): |
2056 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RINT symbol, which | |
2057 | indicates to the C program that the rint() routine is available. | |
2058 | ||
781b178c JH |
2059 | d_rmdir (d_rmdir.U): |
2060 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_RMDIR if rmdir() is | |
2061 | available to remove directories. | |
2062 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2063 | d_round (d_round.U): |
2064 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ROUND symbol, which | |
2065 | indicates to the C program that the round() routine is available. | |
2066 | ||
781b178c JH |
2067 | d_safebcpy (d_safebcpy.U): |
2068 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SAFE_BCOPY symbol if | |
b6cc3bc4 AD |
2069 | the bcopy() routine can do overlapping copies. Normally, you |
2070 | should probably use memmove(). | |
781b178c JH |
2071 | |
2072 | d_safemcpy (d_safemcpy.U): | |
2073 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY symbol if | |
2074 | the memcpy() routine can do overlapping copies. | |
b6cc3bc4 | 2075 | For overlapping copies, memmove() should be used, if available. |
781b178c JH |
2076 | |
2077 | d_sanemcmp (d_sanemcmp.U): | |
2078 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SANE_MEMCMP symbol if | |
2079 | the memcpy() routine is available and can be used to compare relative | |
2080 | magnitudes of chars with their high bits set. | |
2081 | ||
ef9f17be JH |
2082 | d_sbrkproto (d_sbrkproto.U): |
2083 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SBRK_PROTO symbol, | |
2084 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2085 | a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2086 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2087 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2088 | d_scalbn (d_scalbn.U): |
2089 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCALBN symbol, which | |
2090 | indicates to the C program that the scalbn() routine is available. | |
2091 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
2092 | d_scalbnl (d_scalbnl.U): |
2093 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCALBNL symbol, which | |
2094 | indicates to the C program that the scalbnl() routine is available. | |
2095 | If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. | |
2096 | ||
781b178c JH |
2097 | d_sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): |
2098 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCHED_YIELD | |
2099 | symbol if the sched_yield routine is available to yield | |
2100 | the execution of the current thread. | |
2101 | ||
2102 | d_scm_rights (d_socket.U): | |
2103 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCM_RIGHTS symbol, | |
2104 | which indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is available. #ifdef is | |
2105 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
2106 | ||
4d54317a JH |
2107 | d_SCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): |
2108 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2109 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to scan long doubles. |
4d54317a | 2110 | |
781b178c JH |
2111 | d_seekdir (d_readdir.U): |
2112 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SEEKDIR if seekdir() is | |
2113 | available. | |
2114 | ||
2115 | d_select (d_select.U): | |
2116 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SELECT if select() is | |
2117 | available to select active file descriptors. A <sys/time.h> | |
2118 | inclusion may be necessary for the timeout field. | |
2119 | ||
2120 | d_sem (d_sem.U): | |
2121 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEM symbol, which | |
2122 | indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is present. | |
2123 | ||
2124 | d_semctl (d_semctl.U): | |
2125 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMCTL symbol, which | |
2126 | indicates to the C program that the semctl() routine is available. | |
2127 | ||
2128 | d_semctl_semid_ds (d_union_semun.U): | |
2129 | This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS, which | |
2130 | indicates that struct semid_ds * is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. | |
2131 | ||
2132 | d_semctl_semun (d_union_semun.U): | |
2133 | This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN, which | |
2134 | indicates that union semun is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. | |
2135 | ||
2136 | d_semget (d_semget.U): | |
2137 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMGET symbol, which | |
2138 | indicates to the C program that the semget() routine is available. | |
2139 | ||
2140 | d_semop (d_semop.U): | |
2141 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMOP symbol, which | |
2142 | indicates to the C program that the semop() routine is available. | |
2143 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2144 | d_sendmsg (d_sendmsg.U): |
2145 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SENDMSG symbol, which | |
2146 | indicates to the C program that the sendmsg() routine is available. | |
2147 | ||
781b178c JH |
2148 | d_setegid (d_setegid.U): |
2149 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEGID symbol, which | |
2150 | indicates to the C program that the setegid() routine is available | |
2151 | to change the effective gid of the current program. | |
2152 | ||
2153 | d_seteuid (d_seteuid.U): | |
2154 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEUID symbol, which | |
2155 | indicates to the C program that the seteuid() routine is available | |
2156 | to change the effective uid of the current program. | |
2157 | ||
2158 | d_setgrent (d_setgrent.U): | |
2159 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT symbol, which | |
2160 | indicates to the C program that the setgrent() routine is available | |
2161 | for initializing sequential access to the group database. | |
2162 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2163 | d_setgrent_r (d_setgrent_r.U): |
2164 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT_R symbol, | |
2165 | which indicates to the C program that the setgrent_r() | |
2166 | routine is available. | |
2167 | ||
781b178c JH |
2168 | d_setgrps (d_setgrps.U): |
2169 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGROUPS symbol, which | |
2170 | indicates to the C program that the setgroups() routine is available | |
2171 | to set the list of process groups. | |
2172 | ||
2173 | d_sethent (d_sethent.U): | |
2174 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETHOSTENT if sethostent() is | |
2175 | available. | |
2176 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2177 | d_sethostent_r (d_sethostent_r.U): |
2178 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
2179 | which indicates to the C program that the sethostent_r() | |
2180 | routine is available. | |
2181 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2182 | d_setitimer (d_setitimer.U): |
2183 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETITIMER symbol, which | |
2184 | indicates to the C program that the setitimer() routine is available. | |
2185 | ||
781b178c JH |
2186 | d_setlinebuf (d_setlnbuf.U): |
2187 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLINEBUF symbol, which | |
2188 | indicates to the C program that the setlinebuf() routine is available | |
2189 | to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered to a | |
2190 | line-buffered mode. | |
2191 | ||
2192 | d_setlocale (d_setlocale.U): | |
2193 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETLOCALE if setlocale() is | |
2194 | available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. | |
2195 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2196 | d_setlocale_r (d_setlocale_r.U): |
2197 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLOCALE_R symbol, | |
2198 | which indicates to the C program that the setlocale_r() | |
2199 | routine is available. | |
2200 | ||
781b178c JH |
2201 | d_setnent (d_setnent.U): |
2202 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETNETENT if setnetent() is | |
2203 | available. | |
2204 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2205 | d_setnetent_r (d_setnetent_r.U): |
2206 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETNETENT_R symbol, | |
2207 | which indicates to the C program that the setnetent_r() | |
2208 | routine is available. | |
2209 | ||
781b178c JH |
2210 | d_setpent (d_setpent.U): |
2211 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPROTOENT if setprotoent() is | |
2212 | available. | |
2213 | ||
2214 | d_setpgid (d_setpgid.U): | |
2215 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGID symbol if the | |
2216 | setpgid(pid, gpid) function is available to set process group ID. | |
2217 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
2218 | d_setpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): |
2219 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPGRP if setpgrp() is | |
2220 | available to set the current process group. | |
2221 | ||
781b178c JH |
2222 | d_setpgrp2 (d_setpgrp2.U): |
2223 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGRP2 symbol, which | |
2224 | indicates to the C program that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine | |
2225 | is available to set the current process group. | |
2226 | ||
781b178c JH |
2227 | d_setprior (d_setprior.U): |
2228 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPRIORITY if setpriority() | |
2229 | is available to set a process's priority. | |
2230 | ||
af960fef JH |
2231 | d_setproctitle (d_setproctitle.U): |
2232 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROCTITLE symbol, | |
2233 | which indicates to the C program that the setproctitle() routine | |
2234 | is available. | |
2235 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2236 | d_setprotoent_r (d_setprotoent_r.U): |
2237 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
2238 | which indicates to the C program that the setprotoent_r() | |
2239 | routine is available. | |
2240 | ||
781b178c JH |
2241 | d_setpwent (d_setpwent.U): |
2242 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT symbol, which | |
2243 | indicates to the C program that the setpwent() routine is available | |
2244 | for initializing sequential access to the passwd database. | |
2245 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2246 | d_setpwent_r (d_setpwent_r.U): |
2247 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT_R symbol, | |
2248 | which indicates to the C program that the setpwent_r() | |
2249 | routine is available. | |
2250 | ||
781b178c JH |
2251 | d_setregid (d_setregid.U): |
2252 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREGID if setregid() is | |
2253 | available to change the real and effective gid of the current | |
2254 | process. | |
2255 | ||
2256 | d_setresgid (d_setregid.U): | |
2257 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETRESGID if setresgid() is | |
2258 | available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current | |
2259 | process. | |
2260 | ||
2261 | d_setresuid (d_setreuid.U): | |
2262 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setresuid() is | |
2263 | available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current | |
2264 | process. | |
2265 | ||
2266 | d_setreuid (d_setreuid.U): | |
2267 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setreuid() is | |
2268 | available to change the real and effective uid of the current | |
2269 | process. | |
2270 | ||
2271 | d_setrgid (d_setrgid.U): | |
2272 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRGID symbol, which | |
2273 | indicates to the C program that the setrgid() routine is available | |
2274 | to change the real gid of the current program. | |
2275 | ||
2276 | d_setruid (d_setruid.U): | |
2277 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRUID symbol, which | |
2278 | indicates to the C program that the setruid() routine is available | |
2279 | to change the real uid of the current program. | |
2280 | ||
2281 | d_setsent (d_setsent.U): | |
2282 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSERVENT if setservent() is | |
2283 | available. | |
2284 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2285 | d_setservent_r (d_setservent_r.U): |
2286 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETSERVENT_R symbol, | |
2287 | which indicates to the C program that the setservent_r() | |
2288 | routine is available. | |
2289 | ||
781b178c JH |
2290 | d_setsid (d_setsid.U): |
2291 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSID if setsid() is | |
2292 | available to set the process group ID. | |
2293 | ||
781b178c JH |
2294 | d_setvbuf (d_setvbuf.U): |
2295 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETVBUF symbol, which | |
2296 | indicates to the C program that the setvbuf() routine is available | |
2297 | to change buffering on an open stdio stream. | |
2298 | ||
781b178c JH |
2299 | d_shm (d_shm.U): |
2300 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHM symbol, which | |
2301 | indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is present. | |
2302 | ||
2303 | d_shmat (d_shmat.U): | |
2304 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT symbol, which | |
2305 | indicates to the C program that the shmat() routine is available. | |
2306 | ||
2307 | d_shmatprototype (d_shmat.U): | |
635aebb7 | 2308 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE |
781b178c JH |
2309 | symbol, which indicates that sys/shm.h has a prototype for |
2310 | shmat. | |
2311 | ||
2312 | d_shmctl (d_shmctl.U): | |
2313 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMCTL symbol, which | |
2314 | indicates to the C program that the shmctl() routine is available. | |
2315 | ||
2316 | d_shmdt (d_shmdt.U): | |
2317 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMDT symbol, which | |
2318 | indicates to the C program that the shmdt() routine is available. | |
2319 | ||
2320 | d_shmget (d_shmget.U): | |
2321 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMGET symbol, which | |
2322 | indicates to the C program that the shmget() routine is available. | |
2323 | ||
2324 | d_sigaction (d_sigaction.U): | |
2325 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGACTION symbol, which | |
2326 | indicates that the Vr4 sigaction() routine is available. | |
2327 | ||
ed140128 AD |
2328 | d_signbit (d_signbit.U): |
2329 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGNBIT symbol, which | |
2330 | indicates to the C program that the signbit() routine is available | |
2331 | and safe to use with perl's intern NV type. | |
2332 | ||
983dbef6 JH |
2333 | d_sigprocmask (d_sigprocmask.U): |
2334 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SIGPROCMASK | |
2335 | if sigprocmask() is available to examine or change the signal mask | |
2336 | of the calling process. | |
2337 | ||
781b178c JH |
2338 | d_sigsetjmp (d_sigsetjmp.U): |
2339 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGSETJMP symbol, | |
2340 | which indicates that the sigsetjmp() routine is available to | |
2341 | call setjmp() and optionally save the process's signal mask. | |
2342 | ||
f53580fe MB |
2343 | d_sin6_scope_id (d_socket.U): |
2344 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID symbol, which | |
2345 | indicates that a struct sockaddr_in6 structure has the sin6_scope_id | |
2346 | member. | |
2347 | ||
c95d0e17 GA |
2348 | d_sitearch (sitearch.U): |
2349 | This variable conditionally defines SITEARCH to hold the pathname | |
2350 | of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If | |
2351 | $sitearch is the same as $archlib, then this is set to undef. | |
2352 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
2353 | d_snprintf (d_snprintf.U): |
2354 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SNPRINTF symbol, which | |
2355 | indicates to the C program that the snprintf () library function | |
2356 | is available. | |
2357 | ||
18126d98 MB |
2358 | d_sockaddr_in6 (d_socket.U): |
2359 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6 symbol, which | |
2360 | indicates the availability of a struct sockaddr_in6. | |
2361 | ||
b8677e3b MB |
2362 | d_sockaddr_sa_len (d_socket.U): |
2363 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN symbol, | |
2364 | which indicates that a struct sockaddr structure has the sa_len | |
2365 | member. | |
2366 | ||
49a78c82 JH |
2367 | d_sockatmark (d_sockatmark.U): |
2368 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKATMARK symbol, which | |
2369 | indicates to the C program that the sockatmark() routine is available. | |
2370 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2371 | d_sockatmarkproto (d_sockatmarkproto.U): |
2372 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO symbol, | |
2373 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2374 | a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2375 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2376 | ||
781b178c JH |
2377 | d_socket (d_socket.U): |
2378 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SOCKET, which indicates | |
2379 | that the BSD socket interface is supported. | |
2380 | ||
13b3f787 JH |
2381 | d_socklen_t (d_socklen_t.U): |
2382 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports socklen_t. | |
2383 | ||
781b178c JH |
2384 | d_sockpair (d_socket.U): |
2385 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKETPAIR symbol, which | |
2386 | indicates that the BSD socketpair() is supported. | |
2387 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
2388 | d_socks5_init (d_socks5_init.U): |
2389 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKS5_INIT symbol, which | |
2390 | indicates to the C program that the socks5_init() routine is available. | |
2391 | ||
df4c34dc | 2392 | d_sprintf_returns_strlen (d_sprintf_len.U): |
78821a22 NC |
2393 | This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string |
2394 | (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with | |
2395 | pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these | |
2396 | this variable will be undef. | |
2397 | ||
68d4903c JH |
2398 | d_sqrtl (d_sqrtl.U): |
2399 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SQRTL symbol, which | |
2400 | indicates to the C program that the sqrtl() routine is available. | |
2401 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2402 | d_srand48_r (d_srand48_r.U): |
2403 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SRAND48_R symbol, | |
2404 | which indicates to the C program that the srand48_r() | |
2405 | routine is available. | |
2406 | ||
2407 | d_srandom_r (d_srandom_r.U): | |
2408 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SRANDOM_R symbol, | |
2409 | which indicates to the C program that the srandom_r() | |
2410 | routine is available. | |
2411 | ||
eef837ea JH |
2412 | d_sresgproto (d_sresgproto.U): |
2413 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO symbol, | |
2414 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2415 | a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2416 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2417 | ||
640374d0 JH |
2418 | d_sresuproto (d_sresuproto.U): |
2419 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO symbol, | |
2420 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2421 | a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2422 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2423 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2424 | d_stat (d_stat.U): |
2425 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STAT if stat() is | |
2426 | available to get file status. | |
2427 | ||
781b178c JH |
2428 | d_statblks (d_statblks.U): |
2429 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STAT_BLOCKS | |
2430 | if this system has a stat structure declaring | |
2431 | st_blksize and st_blocks. | |
2432 | ||
ad27e871 | 2433 | d_statfs_f_flags (d_statfs_f_flags.U): |
0545a864 | 2434 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS |
781b178c JH |
2435 | symbol, which indicates to struct statfs from has f_flags member. |
2436 | This kind of struct statfs is coming from sys/mount.h (BSD), | |
2437 | not from sys/statfs.h (SYSV). | |
2438 | ||
ad27e871 | 2439 | d_statfs_s (d_statfs_s.U): |
0545a864 JH |
2440 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS symbol, |
2441 | which indicates that the struct statfs is supported. | |
2442 | ||
9e08e8f0 MB |
2443 | d_static_inline (d_static_inline.U): |
2444 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATIC_INLINE symbol, | |
2445 | which indicates that the C compiler supports C99-style static | |
2446 | inline. That is, the function can't be called from another | |
2447 | translation unit. | |
2448 | ||
781b178c JH |
2449 | d_statvfs (d_statvfs.U): |
2450 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATVFS symbol, which | |
2451 | indicates to the C program that the statvfs() routine is available. | |
2452 | ||
2453 | d_stdio_cnt_lval (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2454 | This variable conditionally defines STDIO_CNT_LVALUE if the | |
2455 | FILE_cnt macro can be used as an lvalue. | |
2456 | ||
2457 | d_stdio_ptr_lval (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2458 | This variable conditionally defines STDIO_PTR_LVALUE if the | |
2459 | FILE_ptr macro can be used as an lvalue. | |
2460 | ||
a7ffa9b9 NC |
2461 | d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): |
2462 | This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue | |
2463 | to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. | |
2464 | ||
2465 | d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2466 | This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue | |
2467 | to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the | |
2468 | value of File_cnt(fp) by n. | |
2469 | ||
781b178c JH |
2470 | d_stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): |
2471 | This variable tells whether there is an array holding | |
2472 | the stdio streams. | |
2473 | ||
2474 | d_stdiobase (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2475 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_BASE if this system | |
2476 | has a FILE structure declaring a usable _base field (or equivalent) | |
2477 | in stdio.h. | |
2478 | ||
2479 | d_stdstdio (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2480 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_PTR if this system | |
2481 | has a FILE structure declaring usable _ptr and _cnt fields (or | |
2482 | equivalent) in stdio.h. | |
2483 | ||
781b178c JH |
2484 | d_strchr (d_strchr.U): |
2485 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRCHR if strchr() and | |
2486 | strrchr() are available for string searching. | |
2487 | ||
2488 | d_strcoll (d_strcoll.U): | |
2489 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRCOLL if strcoll() is | |
2490 | available to compare strings using collating information. | |
2491 | ||
2492 | d_strctcpy (d_strctcpy.U): | |
2493 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_STRUCT_COPY symbol, which | |
2494 | indicates to the C program that this C compiler knows how to copy | |
2495 | structures. | |
2496 | ||
2497 | d_strerrm (d_strerror.U): | |
1332606d | 2498 | This variable holds what Strerror is defined as to translate an error |
781b178c | 2499 | code condition into an error message string. It could be 'strerror' |
1332606d | 2500 | or a more complex macro emulating strerror with sys_errlist[], or the |
781b178c JH |
2501 | "unknown" string when both strerror and sys_errlist are missing. |
2502 | ||
2503 | d_strerror (d_strerror.U): | |
2504 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRERROR if strerror() is | |
2505 | available to translate error numbers to strings. | |
2506 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2507 | d_strerror_r (d_strerror_r.U): |
2508 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRERROR_R symbol, | |
2509 | which indicates to the C program that the strerror_r() | |
2510 | routine is available. | |
2511 | ||
b3c85772 JH |
2512 | d_strftime (d_strftime.U): |
2513 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRFTIME symbol, which | |
2514 | indicates to the C program that the strftime() routine is available. | |
2515 | ||
fd550ca5 MB |
2516 | d_strlcat (d_strlcat.U): |
2517 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRLCAT symbol, which | |
2518 | indicates to the C program that the strlcat () routine is available. | |
2519 | ||
2520 | d_strlcpy (d_strlcpy.U): | |
2521 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRLCPY symbol, which | |
2522 | indicates to the C program that the strlcpy () routine is available. | |
2523 | ||
781b178c JH |
2524 | d_strtod (d_strtod.U): |
2525 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOD symbol, which | |
2526 | indicates to the C program that the strtod() routine is available | |
2527 | to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). | |
2528 | ||
2529 | d_strtol (d_strtol.U): | |
2530 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOL symbol, which | |
2531 | indicates to the C program that the strtol() routine is available | |
2532 | to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. | |
2533 | ||
ff935051 JH |
2534 | d_strtold (d_strtold.U): |
2535 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLD symbol, which | |
2536 | indicates to the C program that the strtold() routine is available. | |
2537 | ||
76d49b1c JH |
2538 | d_strtoll (d_strtoll.U): |
2539 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLL symbol, which | |
2540 | indicates to the C program that the strtoll() routine is available. | |
2541 | ||
d0e6d399 NC |
2542 | d_strtoq (d_strtoq.U): |
2543 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOQ symbol, which | |
2544 | indicates to the C program that the strtoq() routine is available. | |
2545 | ||
781b178c JH |
2546 | d_strtoul (d_strtoul.U): |
2547 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUL symbol, which | |
2548 | indicates to the C program that the strtoul() routine is available | |
2549 | to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. | |
2550 | ||
ff935051 | 2551 | d_strtoull (d_strtoull.U): |
11dc3f68 JH |
2552 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOULL symbol, which |
2553 | indicates to the C program that the strtoull() routine is available. | |
2554 | ||
ff935051 JH |
2555 | d_strtouq (d_strtouq.U): |
2556 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUQ symbol, which | |
2557 | indicates to the C program that the strtouq() routine is available. | |
2558 | ||
781b178c JH |
2559 | d_strxfrm (d_strxfrm.U): |
2560 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRXFRM if strxfrm() is | |
2561 | available to transform strings. | |
2562 | ||
2563 | d_suidsafe (d_dosuid.U): | |
2564 | This variable conditionally defines SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW | |
2565 | if setuid scripts can be secure. This test looks in /dev/fd/. | |
2566 | ||
2567 | d_symlink (d_symlink.U): | |
2568 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYMLINK symbol, which | |
2569 | indicates to the C program that the symlink() routine is available | |
2570 | to create symbolic links. | |
2571 | ||
2572 | d_syscall (d_syscall.U): | |
2573 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSCALL if syscall() is | |
2574 | available call arbitrary system calls. | |
2575 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2576 | d_syscallproto (d_syscallproto.U): |
2577 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO symbol, | |
2578 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2579 | a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2580 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2581 | ||
781b178c JH |
2582 | d_sysconf (d_sysconf.U): |
2583 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCONF symbol, which | |
2584 | indicates to the C program that the sysconf() routine is available | |
2585 | to determine system related limits and options. | |
2586 | ||
2587 | d_sysernlst (d_strerror.U): | |
2588 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRNOLIST if sys_errnolist[] | |
2589 | is available to translate error numbers to the symbolic name. | |
2590 | ||
2591 | d_syserrlst (d_strerror.U): | |
2592 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRLIST if sys_errlist[] is | |
2593 | available to translate error numbers to strings. | |
2594 | ||
2595 | d_system (d_system.U): | |
2596 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSTEM if system() is | |
2597 | available to issue a shell command. | |
2598 | ||
2599 | d_tcgetpgrp (d_tcgtpgrp.U): | |
2600 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCGETPGRP symbol, which | |
2601 | indicates to the C program that the tcgetpgrp() routine is available. | |
2602 | to get foreground process group ID. | |
2603 | ||
2604 | d_tcsetpgrp (d_tcstpgrp.U): | |
2605 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCSETPGRP symbol, which | |
2606 | indicates to the C program that the tcsetpgrp() routine is available | |
2607 | to set foreground process group ID. | |
2608 | ||
781b178c JH |
2609 | d_telldir (d_readdir.U): |
2610 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TELLDIR if telldir() is | |
2611 | available. | |
2612 | ||
2613 | d_telldirproto (d_telldirproto.U): | |
2614 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO symbol, | |
2615 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2616 | a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2617 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2618 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2619 | d_tgamma (d_tgamma.U): |
2620 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TGAMMA symbol, which | |
2621 | indicates to the C program that the tgamma() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 2622 | for the gamma function. See also d_lgamma. |
427d28ce | 2623 | |
781b178c JH |
2624 | d_time (d_time.U): |
2625 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIME symbol, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 2626 | that the time() routine exists. The time() routine is normally |
781b178c JH |
2627 | provided on UNIX systems. |
2628 | ||
cbb9e8a7 MB |
2629 | d_timegm (d_timegm.U): |
2630 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMEGM symbol, which | |
2631 | indicates to the C program that the timegm () routine is available. | |
2632 | ||
781b178c JH |
2633 | d_times (d_times.U): |
2634 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMES symbol, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 2635 | that the times() routine exists. The times() routine is normally |
781b178c JH |
2636 | provided on UNIX systems. You may have to include <sys/times.h>. |
2637 | ||
511116db JH |
2638 | d_tm_tm_gmtoff (i_time.U): |
2639 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF, which indicates | |
2640 | indicates to the C program that the struct tm has the tm_gmtoff field. | |
2641 | ||
2642 | d_tm_tm_zone (i_time.U): | |
2643 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TM_TM_ZONE, which indicates | |
2644 | indicates to the C program that the struct tm has the tm_zone field. | |
2645 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2646 | d_tmpnam_r (d_tmpnam_r.U): |
2647 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TMPNAM_R symbol, | |
2648 | which indicates to the C program that the tmpnam_r() | |
2649 | routine is available. | |
2650 | ||
427d28ce | 2651 | d_trunc (d_trunc.U): |
f40bbcbf | 2652 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TRUNC symbol, which |
427d28ce JH |
2653 | indicates to the C program that the trunc() routine is available |
2654 | to round doubles towards zero. | |
2655 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2656 | d_truncate (d_truncate.U): |
2657 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TRUNCATE if truncate() is | |
2658 | available to truncate files. | |
2659 | ||
4842dad7 JH |
2660 | d_truncl (d_truncl.U): |
2661 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TRUNCL symbol, which | |
d6f85a58 MB |
2662 | indicates to the C program that the truncl() routine is available |
2663 | to round long doubles towards zero. If copysignl is also present, | |
2664 | we can emulate modfl. | |
4842dad7 | 2665 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2666 | d_ttyname_r (d_ttyname_r.U): |
2667 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TTYNAME_R symbol, | |
2668 | which indicates to the C program that the ttyname_r() | |
2669 | routine is available. | |
2670 | ||
781b178c JH |
2671 | d_tzname (d_tzname.U): |
2672 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TZNAME if tzname[] is | |
2673 | available to access timezone names. | |
2674 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2675 | d_u32align (d_u32align.U): |
2676 | This variable tells whether you must access character data | |
2677 | through U32-aligned pointers. | |
2678 | ||
2679 | d_ualarm (d_ualarm.U): | |
2680 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UALARM symbol, which | |
2681 | indicates to the C program that the ualarm() routine is available. | |
2682 | ||
781b178c JH |
2683 | d_umask (d_umask.U): |
2684 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UMASK symbol, which | |
2685 | indicates to the C program that the umask() routine is available. | |
2686 | to set and get the value of the file creation mask. | |
2687 | ||
2688 | d_uname (d_gethname.U): | |
2689 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNAME symbol, which | |
2690 | indicates to the C program that the uname() routine may be | |
2691 | used to derive the host name. | |
2692 | ||
2693 | d_union_semun (d_union_semun.U): | |
2694 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_UNION_SEMUN if the | |
2695 | union semun is defined by including <sys/sem.h>. | |
2696 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
2697 | d_unordered (d_unordered.U): |
2698 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNORDERED symbol, which | |
2699 | indicates to the C program that the unordered() routine is available. | |
2700 | ||
bdf33aa7 SP |
2701 | d_unsetenv (d_unsetenv.U): |
2702 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNSETENV symbol, which | |
2703 | indicates to the C program that the unsetenv () routine is available. | |
2704 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2705 | d_usleep (d_usleep.U): |
2706 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_USLEEP if usleep() is | |
2707 | available to do high granularity sleeps. | |
2708 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2709 | d_usleepproto (d_usleepproto.U): |
2710 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_USLEEP_PROTO symbol, | |
2711 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2712 | a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2713 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2714 | ||
0545a864 JH |
2715 | d_ustat (d_ustat.U): |
2716 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_USTAT if ustat() is | |
2717 | available to query file system statistics by dev_t. | |
2718 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
2719 | d_vendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
2720 | This variable conditionally defined PERL_VENDORARCH. | |
2721 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
2722 | d_vendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
2723 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORBIN. | |
2724 | ||
a3635516 JH |
2725 | d_vendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
2726 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORLIB. | |
2727 | ||
10305dfa JH |
2728 | d_vendorscript (vendorscript.U): |
2729 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORSCRIPT. | |
2730 | ||
781b178c JH |
2731 | d_vfork (d_vfork.U): |
2732 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VFORK symbol, which | |
2733 | indicates the vfork() routine is available. | |
2734 | ||
2735 | d_void_closedir (d_closedir.U): | |
2736 | This variable conditionally defines VOID_CLOSEDIR if closedir() | |
2737 | does not return a value. | |
2738 | ||
2739 | d_voidsig (d_voidsig.U): | |
2740 | This variable conditionally defines VOIDSIG if this system | |
2741 | declares "void (*signal(...))()" in signal.h. The old way was to | |
2742 | declare it as "int (*signal(...))()". | |
2743 | ||
2744 | d_voidtty (i_sysioctl.U): | |
2745 | This variable conditionally defines USE_IOCNOTTY to indicate that the | |
2746 | ioctl() call with TIOCNOTTY should be used to void tty association. | |
2747 | Otherwise (on USG probably), it is enough to close the standard file | |
47e01c32 | 2748 | descriptors and do a setpgrp(). |
781b178c JH |
2749 | |
2750 | d_volatile (d_volatile.U): | |
2751 | This variable conditionally defines the HASVOLATILE symbol, which | |
2752 | indicates to the C program that this C compiler knows about the | |
2753 | volatile declaration. | |
2754 | ||
2755 | d_vprintf (d_vprintf.U): | |
2756 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VPRINTF symbol, which | |
2757 | indicates to the C program that the vprintf() routine is available | |
2758 | to printf with a pointer to an argument list. | |
2759 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
2760 | d_vsnprintf (d_snprintf.U): |
2761 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VSNPRINTF symbol, which | |
2762 | indicates to the C program that the vsnprintf () library function | |
2763 | is available. | |
2764 | ||
781b178c JH |
2765 | d_wait4 (d_wait4.U): |
2766 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WAIT4 symbol, which | |
2767 | indicates the wait4() routine is available. | |
2768 | ||
2769 | d_waitpid (d_waitpid.U): | |
2770 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_WAITPID if waitpid() is | |
2771 | available to wait for child process. | |
2772 | ||
9cdcdad1 MB |
2773 | d_wcscmp (d_wcscmp.U): |
2774 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSCMP symbol if the | |
2775 | wcscmp() routine is available and can be used to compare wide | |
2776 | character strings. | |
2777 | ||
781b178c JH |
2778 | d_wcstombs (d_wcstombs.U): |
2779 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSTOMBS symbol, which | |
2780 | indicates to the C program that the wcstombs() routine is available | |
2781 | to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. | |
2782 | ||
9cdcdad1 MB |
2783 | d_wcsxfrm (d_wcsxfrm.U): |
2784 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSXFRM symbol if the | |
2785 | wcsxfrm() routine is available and can be used to compare wide | |
2786 | character strings. | |
2787 | ||
781b178c JH |
2788 | d_wctomb (d_wctomb.U): |
2789 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCTOMB symbol, which | |
2790 | indicates to the C program that the wctomb() routine is available | |
2791 | to convert a wide character to a multibyte. | |
2792 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2793 | d_writev (d_writev.U): |
2794 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WRITEV symbol, which | |
2795 | indicates to the C program that the writev() routine is available. | |
2796 | ||
781b178c JH |
2797 | d_xenix (Guess.U): |
2798 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol XENIX, which alerts | |
2799 | the C program that it runs under Xenix. | |
2800 | ||
2801 | date (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 2802 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
2803 | full pathname (if any) of the date program. After Configure runs, |
2804 | the value is reset to a plain "date" and is not useful. | |
2805 | ||
2806 | db_hashtype (i_db.U): | |
2807 | This variable contains the type of the hash structure element | |
2808 | in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was | |
2809 | int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. | |
2810 | ||
2811 | db_prefixtype (i_db.U): | |
2812 | This variable contains the type of the prefix structure element | |
2813 | in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was | |
2814 | int, while in newer ones it is size_t. | |
2815 | ||
640374d0 JH |
2816 | db_version_major (i_db.U): |
2817 | This variable contains the major version number of | |
2818 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
2819 | ||
2820 | db_version_minor (i_db.U): | |
2821 | This variable contains the minor version number of | |
2822 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
2823 | For DB version 1 this is always 0. | |
2824 | ||
2825 | db_version_patch (i_db.U): | |
2826 | This variable contains the patch version number of | |
2827 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
2828 | For DB version 1 this is always 0. | |
2829 | ||
781b178c JH |
2830 | direntrytype (i_dirent.U): |
2831 | This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on | |
2832 | whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to | |
2833 | portably declare your directory entries. | |
2834 | ||
2835 | dlext (dlext.U): | |
2836 | This variable contains the extension that is to be used for the | |
1332606d | 2837 | dynamically loaded modules that perl generates. |
781b178c JH |
2838 | |
2839 | dlsrc (dlsrc.U): | |
2840 | This variable contains the name of the dynamic loading file that | |
2841 | will be used with the package. | |
2842 | ||
44521f3a JH |
2843 | doubleinfbytes (infnan.U): |
2844 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
2845 | for the double precision infinity. | |
2846 | ||
f40bbcbf | 2847 | doublekind (longdblfio.U): |
bade9271 JH |
2848 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a double: |
2849 | 1 = IEEE 754 32-bit big little endian, | |
2850 | 2 = IEEE 754 32-bit big big endian, | |
2851 | 3 = IEEE 754 64-bit big little endian, | |
2852 | 4 = IEEE 754 64-bit big big endian, | |
2853 | 5 = IEEE 754 128-bit big little endian, | |
2854 | 6 = IEEE 754 128-bit big big endian, | |
f8d924ae JH |
2855 | 7 = IEEE 754 64-bit big mixed endian le-be, |
2856 | 8 = IEEE 754 64-bit big mixed endian be-le, | |
bade9271 JH |
2857 | -1 = unknown format. |
2858 | ||
ed3917fd JH |
2859 | doublemantbits (mantbits.U): |
2860 | This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits | |
2861 | there are in double precision floating point format. | |
2862 | Note that this is usually DBL_MANT_DIG minus one, since | |
2863 | with the standard IEEE 754 formats DBL_MANT_DIG includes | |
2864 | the implicit bit which doesn't really exist. | |
2865 | ||
44521f3a JH |
2866 | doublenanbytes (infnan.U): |
2867 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
2868 | for the double precision not-a-number. | |
2869 | ||
781b178c JH |
2870 | doublesize (doublesize.U): |
2871 | This variable contains the value of the DOUBLESIZE symbol, which | |
2872 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a double. | |
2873 | ||
2874 | drand01 (randfunc.U): | |
2875 | Indicates the macro to be used to generate normalized | |
2876 | random numbers. Uses randfunc, often divided by | |
2877 | (double) (((unsigned long) 1 << randbits)) in order to | |
2878 | normalize the result. | |
2879 | In C programs, the macro 'Drand01' is mapped to drand01. | |
2880 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2881 | drand48_r_proto (d_drand48_r.U): |
2882 | This variable encodes the prototype of drand48_r. | |
39183afa JH |
2883 | It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the |
2884 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r | |
2885 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 2886 | |
34f1896b MB |
2887 | dtrace (usedtrace.U): |
2888 | This variable holds the location of the dtrace executable. | |
2889 | ||
781b178c JH |
2890 | dynamic_ext (Extensions.U): |
2891 | This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to | |
2892 | link dynamically into the package. It is used by Makefile. | |
2893 | ||
2894 | eagain (nblock_io.U): | |
2895 | This variable bears the symbolic errno code set by read() when no | |
2896 | data is present on the file and non-blocking I/O was enabled (otherwise, | |
2897 | read() blocks naturally). | |
2898 | ||
2899 | ebcdic (ebcdic.U): | |
2900 | This variable conditionally defines EBCDIC if this | |
1332606d | 2901 | system uses EBCDIC encoding. |
781b178c JH |
2902 | |
2903 | echo (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 2904 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
2905 | full pathname (if any) of the echo program. After Configure runs, |
2906 | the value is reset to a plain "echo" and is not useful. | |
2907 | ||
2908 | egrep (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 2909 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
2910 | full pathname (if any) of the egrep program. After Configure runs, |
2911 | the value is reset to a plain "egrep" and is not useful. | |
2912 | ||
2913 | emacs (Loc.U): | |
2914 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 2915 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 2916 | |
f40bbcbf | 2917 | endgrent_r_proto (d_endgrent_r.U): |
10bc17b6 | 2918 | This variable encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. |
39183afa JH |
2919 | It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
2920 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r | |
2921 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2922 | |
2923 | endhostent_r_proto (d_endhostent_r.U): | |
2924 | This variable encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
2925 | It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the |
2926 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r | |
2927 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2928 | |
2929 | endnetent_r_proto (d_endnetent_r.U): | |
2930 | This variable encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
2931 | It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
2932 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r | |
2933 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2934 | |
2935 | endprotoent_r_proto (d_endprotoent_r.U): | |
2936 | This variable encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
2937 | It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
2938 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r | |
2939 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2940 | |
2941 | endpwent_r_proto (d_endpwent_r.U): | |
2942 | This variable encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
2943 | It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
2944 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r | |
2945 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2946 | |
2947 | endservent_r_proto (d_endservent_r.U): | |
2948 | This variable encodes the prototype of endservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
2949 | It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the |
2950 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r | |
2951 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 2952 | |
781b178c JH |
2953 | eunicefix (Init.U): |
2954 | When running under Eunice this variable contains a command which will | |
2955 | convert a shell script to the proper form of text file for it to be | |
2956 | executable by the shell. On other systems it is a no-op. | |
2957 | ||
2958 | exe_ext (Unix.U): | |
2959 | This is an old synonym for _exe. | |
2960 | ||
2961 | expr (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 2962 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
2963 | full pathname (if any) of the expr program. After Configure runs, |
2964 | the value is reset to a plain "expr" and is not useful. | |
2965 | ||
2966 | extensions (Extensions.U): | |
2967 | This variable holds a list of all extension files (both XS and | |
f7b3892b | 2968 | non-xs) installed with the package. It is propagated to Config.pm |
47e01c32 | 2969 | and is typically used to test whether a particular extension |
781b178c JH |
2970 | is available. |
2971 | ||
61c26d18 MHM |
2972 | extern_C (Csym.U): |
2973 | ANSI C requires 'extern' where C++ requires 'extern "C"'. This | |
2974 | variable can be used in Configure to do the right thing. | |
2975 | ||
cb7ddd31 JH |
2976 | extras (Extras.U): |
2977 | This variable holds a list of extra modules to install. | |
2978 | ||
781b178c JH |
2979 | fflushall (fflushall.U): |
2980 | This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush | |
2981 | all pending stdio output one must loop through all | |
2982 | the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. | |
2983 | Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not | |
2984 | even be probed for and will be left undefined. | |
2985 | ||
4d54317a | 2986 | fflushNULL (fflushall.U): |
a05353bf MB |
2987 | This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly |
2988 | flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In | |
2989 | particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) *still* | |
2990 | corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe. | |
4d54317a | 2991 | |
781b178c | 2992 | find (Loc.U): |
ff935051 | 2993 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 2994 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
2995 | |
2996 | firstmakefile (Unix.U): | |
2997 | This variable defines the first file searched by make. On unix, | |
2998 | it is makefile (then Makefile). On case-insensitive systems, | |
2999 | it might be something else. This is only used to deal with | |
3000 | convoluted make depend tricks. | |
3001 | ||
3002 | flex (Loc.U): | |
3003 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3004 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3005 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3006 | fpossize (fpossize.U): |
3007 | This variable contains the size of a fpostype in bytes. | |
3008 | ||
781b178c | 3009 | fpostype (fpostype.U): |
635aebb7 | 3010 | This variable defines Fpos_t to be something like fpos_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
3011 | uint, or whatever type is used to declare file positions in libc. |
3012 | ||
3013 | freetype (mallocsrc.U): | |
3014 | This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually | |
3015 | void, but occasionally int. | |
3016 | ||
5440bc8e JH |
3017 | from (Cross.U): |
3018 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
3019 | to copy files from the target host. Useful and available | |
3020 | only during Perl build. | |
3021 | The string ':' if not cross-compiling. | |
3022 | ||
781b178c JH |
3023 | full_ar (Loc_ar.U): |
3024 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'ar', whether or | |
3025 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3026 | in the Makefile.SH. | |
3027 | ||
3028 | full_csh (d_csh.U): | |
3029 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'csh', whether or | |
3030 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3031 | in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which | |
3032 | can share this executable will have the same full pathname to | |
3033 | 'csh.' | |
3034 | ||
3035 | full_sed (Loc_sed.U): | |
3036 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'sed', whether or | |
3037 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3038 | in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which | |
3039 | can share this executable will have the same full pathname to | |
3040 | 'sed.' | |
3041 | ||
123f32c0 MB |
3042 | gccansipedantic (gccvers.U): |
3043 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable will enable (if set) the | |
3044 | -ansi and -pedantic ccflags for building core files (through | |
3045 | cflags script). (See Porting/pumpkin.pod for full description). | |
3046 | ||
af960fef | 3047 | gccosandvers (gccvers.U): |
123f32c0 MB |
3048 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds the operating system |
3049 | and version used to compile gcc. It is set to '' if not gcc, | |
af960fef JH |
3050 | or if nothing useful can be parsed as the os version. |
3051 | ||
3052 | gccversion (gccvers.U): | |
123f32c0 | 3053 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds '1' or '2' to |
781b178c JH |
3054 | indicate whether the compiler is version 1 or 2. This is used in |
3055 | setting some of the default cflags. It is set to '' if not gcc. | |
3056 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3057 | getgrent_r_proto (d_getgrent_r.U): |
3058 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3059 | It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
3060 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r | |
3061 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3062 | |
3063 | getgrgid_r_proto (d_getgrgid_r.U): | |
3064 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3065 | It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the |
3066 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r | |
3067 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3068 | |
3069 | getgrnam_r_proto (d_getgrnam_r.U): | |
3070 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3071 | It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3072 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r | |
3073 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3074 | |
3075 | gethostbyaddr_r_proto (d_gethostbyaddr_r.U): | |
3076 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3077 | It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the |
3078 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r | |
3079 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3080 | |
3081 | gethostbyname_r_proto (d_gethostbyname_r.U): | |
3082 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3083 | It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3084 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r | |
3085 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3086 | |
3087 | gethostent_r_proto (d_gethostent_r.U): | |
3088 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3089 | It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the |
3090 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r | |
3091 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3092 | |
3093 | getlogin_r_proto (d_getlogin_r.U): | |
3094 | This variable encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3095 | It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the |
3096 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r | |
3097 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3098 | |
3099 | getnetbyaddr_r_proto (d_getnetbyaddr_r.U): | |
3100 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3101 | It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the |
3102 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r | |
3103 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3104 | |
3105 | getnetbyname_r_proto (d_getnetbyname_r.U): | |
3106 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3107 | It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3108 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r | |
3109 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3110 | |
3111 | getnetent_r_proto (d_getnetent_r.U): | |
3112 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3113 | It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
3114 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r | |
3115 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3116 | |
3117 | getprotobyname_r_proto (d_getprotobyname_r.U): | |
3118 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3119 | It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3120 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r | |
3121 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3122 | |
3123 | getprotobynumber_r_proto (d_getprotobynumber_r.U): | |
3124 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3125 | It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the |
3126 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r | |
3127 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3128 | |
3129 | getprotoent_r_proto (d_getprotoent_r.U): | |
3130 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3131 | It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
3132 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r | |
3133 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3134 | |
3135 | getpwent_r_proto (d_getpwent_r.U): | |
3136 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3137 | It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
3138 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r | |
3139 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3140 | |
3141 | getpwnam_r_proto (d_getpwnam_r.U): | |
3142 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3143 | It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3144 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r | |
3145 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3146 | |
3147 | getpwuid_r_proto (d_getpwuid_r.U): | |
3148 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3149 | It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the |
3150 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r | |
3151 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3152 | |
3153 | getservbyname_r_proto (d_getservbyname_r.U): | |
3154 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3155 | It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3156 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r | |
3157 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3158 | |
3159 | getservbyport_r_proto (d_getservbyport_r.U): | |
3160 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3161 | It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the |
3162 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r | |
3163 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3164 | |
3165 | getservent_r_proto (d_getservent_r.U): | |
3166 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3167 | It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the |
3168 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r | |
3169 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3170 | |
3171 | getspnam_r_proto (d_getspnam_r.U): | |
3172 | This variable encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3173 | It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3174 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r | |
3175 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3176 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3177 | gidformat (gidf.U): |
3178 | This variable contains the format string used for printing a Gid_t. | |
3179 | ||
785fb66b JH |
3180 | gidsign (gidsign.U): |
3181 | This variable contains the signedness of a gidtype. | |
3182 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
3183 | ||
3184 | gidsize (gidsize.U): | |
3185 | This variable contains the size of a gidtype in bytes. | |
3186 | ||
781b178c JH |
3187 | gidtype (gidtype.U): |
3188 | This variable defines Gid_t to be something like gid_t, int, | |
3189 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare the return type | |
3190 | of getgid(). Typically, it is the type of group ids in the kernel. | |
3191 | ||
3192 | glibpth (libpth.U): | |
3193 | This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to | |
3194 | find libraries. It may contain directories that do not exist on | |
3195 | this platform, libpth is the cleaned-up version. | |
3196 | ||
c68a00c0 JH |
3197 | gmake (Loc.U): |
3198 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the | |
3199 | full pathname (if any) of the gmake program. After Configure runs, | |
3200 | the value is reset to a plain "gmake" and is not useful. | |
3201 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3202 | gmtime_r_proto (d_gmtime_r.U): |
3203 | This variable encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3204 | It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the |
3205 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r | |
3206 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3207 | |
00fac743 JH |
3208 | gnulibc_version (d_gnulibc.U): |
3209 | This variable contains the version number of the GNU C library. | |
3210 | It is usually something like '2.2.5'. It is a plain '' if this | |
3211 | is not the GNU C library, or if the version is unknown. | |
3212 | ||
781b178c | 3213 | grep (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 3214 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3215 | full pathname (if any) of the grep program. After Configure runs, |
3216 | the value is reset to a plain "grep" and is not useful. | |
3217 | ||
3218 | groupcat (nis.U): | |
3219 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
3220 | /etc/group file. This is normally "cat /etc/group", but can be | |
3221 | "ypcat group" when NIS is used. | |
aaacdc8b GS |
3222 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent |
3223 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
781b178c JH |
3224 | |
3225 | groupstype (groupstype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 3226 | This variable defines Groups_t to be something like gid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
3227 | ushort, or whatever type is used for the second argument to |
3228 | getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as | |
3229 | gidtype (gid_t), but sometimes it isn't. | |
3230 | ||
3231 | gzip (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3232 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3233 | full pathname (if any) of the gzip program. After Configure runs, |
3234 | the value is reset to a plain "gzip" and is not useful. | |
3235 | ||
3236 | h_fcntl (h_fcntl.U): | |
3237 | This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_fcntl that | |
3238 | <fcntl.h> should be included. | |
3239 | ||
3240 | h_sysfile (h_sysfile.U): | |
3241 | This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_sys_file that | |
3242 | <sys/file.h> should be included. | |
3243 | ||
3244 | hint (Oldconfig.U): | |
3245 | Gives the type of hints used for previous answers. May be one of | |
3246 | "default", "recommended" or "previous". | |
3247 | ||
1d38f63f MB |
3248 | hostcat (nis.U): |
3249 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
3250 | /etc/hosts file. This is normally "cat /etc/hosts", but can be | |
3251 | "ypcat hosts" when NIS is used. | |
3252 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent | |
3253 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
8b6a017c | 3254 | |
a6d9d244 | 3255 | hostgenerate (Cross.U): |
8b6a017c BF |
3256 | This variable contains the path to a generate_uudmap binary that |
3257 | can be run on the host OS when cross-compiling. Useful and | |
3258 | available only during Perl build. | |
3259 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
3260 | ||
a6d9d244 | 3261 | hostosname (Cross.U): |
8b6a017c BF |
3262 | This variable contains the original value of '$^O' for hostperl |
3263 | when cross-compiling. This is useful to pick the proper tools | |
3264 | when running build code in the host. | |
3265 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
3266 | ||
1d38f63f MB |
3267 | hostperl (Cross.U): |
3268 | This variable contains the path to a miniperl binary that can be | |
3269 | run on the host OS when cross-compiling. Useful and available only | |
3270 | during Perl build. | |
3271 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
781b178c | 3272 | |
10305dfa JH |
3273 | html1dir (html1dir.U): |
3274 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which html | |
3275 | source pages are to be put. This directory is for pages | |
3276 | that describe whole programs, not libraries or modules. It | |
3277 | is intended to correspond roughly to section 1 of the Unix | |
3278 | manuals. | |
3279 | ||
3280 | html1direxp (html1dir.U): | |
3281 | This variable is the same as the html1dir variable, but is filename | |
3282 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
3283 | ||
3284 | html3dir (html3dir.U): | |
3285 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which html | |
3286 | source pages are to be put. This directory is for pages | |
3287 | that describe libraries or modules. It is intended to | |
3288 | correspond roughly to section 3 of the Unix manuals. | |
3289 | ||
3290 | html3direxp (html3dir.U): | |
3291 | This variable is the same as the html3dir variable, but is filename | |
3292 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
3293 | ||
a22e52b9 JH |
3294 | i16size (perlxv.U): |
3295 | This variable is the size of an I16 in bytes. | |
3296 | ||
3297 | i16type (perlxv.U): | |
3298 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I16. | |
3299 | ||
3300 | i32size (perlxv.U): | |
3301 | This variable is the size of an I32 in bytes. | |
3302 | ||
3303 | i32type (perlxv.U): | |
3304 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I32. | |
3305 | ||
3306 | i64size (perlxv.U): | |
3307 | This variable is the size of an I64 in bytes. | |
3308 | ||
3309 | i64type (perlxv.U): | |
3310 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I64. | |
3311 | ||
3312 | i8size (perlxv.U): | |
3313 | This variable is the size of an I8 in bytes. | |
3314 | ||
3315 | i8type (perlxv.U): | |
3316 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I8. | |
3317 | ||
781b178c JH |
3318 | i_arpainet (i_arpainet.U): |
3319 | This variable conditionally defines the I_ARPA_INET symbol, | |
3320 | and indicates whether a C program should include <arpa/inet.h>. | |
3321 | ||
2a0de2c5 NC |
3322 | i_assert (i_assert.U): |
3323 | This variable conditionally defines the I_ASSERT symbol, which | |
c0bacbef MB |
3324 | indicates to the C program that <assert.h> exists and could be |
3325 | included. | |
2a0de2c5 | 3326 | |
f6a82ade MB |
3327 | i_bfd (i_bfd.U): |
3328 | This variable conditionally defines the I_BFD symbol, and | |
3329 | indicates whether a C program can include <bfd.h>. | |
3330 | ||
781b178c JH |
3331 | i_bsdioctl (i_sysioctl.U): |
3332 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_BSDIOCTL symbol, which | |
3333 | indicates to the C program that <sys/bsdioctl.h> exists and should | |
3334 | be included. | |
3335 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3336 | i_crypt (i_crypt.U): |
3337 | This variable conditionally defines the I_CRYPT symbol, and indicates | |
3338 | whether a C program should include <crypt.h>. | |
3339 | ||
781b178c JH |
3340 | i_db (i_db.U): |
3341 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DB symbol, and indicates | |
3342 | whether a C program may include Berkeley's DB include file <db.h>. | |
3343 | ||
3344 | i_dbm (i_dbm.U): | |
3345 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DBM symbol, which | |
3346 | indicates to the C program that <dbm.h> exists and should | |
3347 | be included. | |
3348 | ||
3349 | i_dirent (i_dirent.U): | |
3350 | This variable conditionally defines I_DIRENT, which indicates | |
3351 | to the C program that it should include <dirent.h>. | |
3352 | ||
781b178c JH |
3353 | i_dlfcn (i_dlfcn.U): |
3354 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DLFCN symbol, which | |
3355 | indicates to the C program that <dlfcn.h> exists and should | |
3356 | be included. | |
3357 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
3358 | i_execinfo (i_execinfo.U): |
3359 | This variable conditionally defines the I_EXECINFO symbol, and indicates | |
3360 | whether a C program may include <execinfo.h>, for backtrace() support. | |
3361 | ||
781b178c JH |
3362 | i_fcntl (i_fcntl.U): |
3363 | This variable controls the value of I_FCNTL (which tells | |
3364 | the C program to include <fcntl.h>). | |
3365 | ||
d0166596 MB |
3366 | i_fenv (i_fenv.U): |
3367 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FENV symbol, which | |
3368 | indicates to the C program that <fenv.h> exists and should | |
3369 | be included. | |
3370 | ||
781b178c JH |
3371 | i_float (i_float.U): |
3372 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FLOAT symbol, and indicates | |
3373 | whether a C program may include <float.h> to get symbols like DBL_MAX | |
3374 | or DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. | |
3375 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
3376 | i_fp (i_fp.U): |
3377 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FP symbol, and indicates | |
3378 | whether a C program should include <fp.h>. | |
3379 | ||
3380 | i_fp_class (i_fp_class.U): | |
3381 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FP_CLASS symbol, and indicates | |
3382 | whether a C program should include <fp_class.h>. | |
3383 | ||
781b178c JH |
3384 | i_gdbm (i_gdbm.U): |
3385 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM symbol, which | |
3386 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm.h> exists and should | |
3387 | be included. | |
3388 | ||
a33f2d9f AD |
3389 | i_gdbm_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
3390 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM_NDBM symbol, which | |
3391 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3392 | be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file | |
3393 | in Debian 4.0. | |
3394 | ||
3395 | i_gdbmndbm (i_ndbm.U): | |
3396 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBMNDBM symbol, which | |
3397 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3398 | be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file | |
3399 | in RedHat 7.1. | |
3400 | ||
781b178c JH |
3401 | i_grp (i_grp.U): |
3402 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GRP symbol, and indicates | |
3403 | whether a C program should include <grp.h>. | |
3404 | ||
792d8dab JH |
3405 | i_ieeefp (i_ieeefp.U): |
3406 | This variable conditionally defines the I_IEEEFP symbol, and indicates | |
3407 | whether a C program should include <ieeefp.h>. | |
3408 | ||
781b178c JH |
3409 | i_inttypes (i_inttypes.U): |
3410 | This variable conditionally defines the I_INTTYPES symbol, | |
3411 | and indicates whether a C program should include <inttypes.h>. | |
3412 | ||
2765b840 JH |
3413 | i_langinfo (i_langinfo.U): |
3414 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LANGINFO symbol, | |
3415 | and indicates whether a C program should include <langinfo.h>. | |
3416 | ||
af960fef JH |
3417 | i_libutil (i_libutil.U): |
3418 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LIBUTIL symbol, and indicates | |
3419 | whether a C program should include <libutil.h>. | |
3420 | ||
781b178c JH |
3421 | i_limits (i_limits.U): |
3422 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LIMITS symbol, and indicates | |
3423 | whether a C program may include <limits.h> to get symbols like WORD_BIT | |
3424 | and friends. | |
3425 | ||
3426 | i_locale (i_locale.U): | |
3427 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LOCALE symbol, | |
3428 | and indicates whether a C program should include <locale.h>. | |
3429 | ||
3430 | i_machcthr (i_machcthr.U): | |
3431 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MACH_CTHREADS symbol, | |
3432 | and indicates whether a C program should include <mach/cthreads.h>. | |
3433 | ||
3434 | i_malloc (i_malloc.U): | |
3435 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOC symbol, and indicates | |
3436 | whether a C program should include <malloc.h>. | |
3437 | ||
1cd66f7c DD |
3438 | i_mallocmalloc (i_mallocmalloc.U): |
3439 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOCMALLOC symbol, | |
3440 | and indicates whether a C program should include <malloc/malloc.h>. | |
3441 | ||
781b178c JH |
3442 | i_math (i_math.U): |
3443 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MATH symbol, and indicates | |
3444 | whether a C program may include <math.h>. | |
3445 | ||
3446 | i_memory (i_memory.U): | |
3447 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MEMORY symbol, and indicates | |
3448 | whether a C program should include <memory.h>. | |
3449 | ||
3450 | i_mntent (i_mntent.U): | |
3451 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MNTENT symbol, and indicates | |
3452 | whether a C program should include <mntent.h>. | |
3453 | ||
3454 | i_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): | |
3455 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NDBM symbol, which | |
3456 | indicates to the C program that <ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3457 | be included. | |
3458 | ||
3459 | i_netdb (i_netdb.U): | |
3460 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NETDB symbol, and indicates | |
3461 | whether a C program should include <netdb.h>. | |
3462 | ||
3463 | i_neterrno (i_neterrno.U): | |
3464 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NET_ERRNO symbol, which | |
3465 | indicates to the C program that <net/errno.h> exists and should | |
3466 | be included. | |
3467 | ||
3468 | i_netinettcp (i_netinettcp.U): | |
3469 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NETINET_TCP symbol, | |
3470 | and indicates whether a C program should include <netinet/tcp.h>. | |
3471 | ||
3472 | i_niin (i_niin.U): | |
3473 | This variable conditionally defines I_NETINET_IN, which indicates | |
3474 | to the C program that it should include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, | |
3475 | you may try <sys/in.h>. | |
3476 | ||
3477 | i_poll (i_poll.U): | |
3478 | This variable conditionally defines the I_POLL symbol, and indicates | |
3479 | whether a C program should include <poll.h>. | |
3480 | ||
3813c136 JH |
3481 | i_prot (i_prot.U): |
3482 | This variable conditionally defines the I_PROT symbol, and indicates | |
3483 | whether a C program should include <prot.h>. | |
3484 | ||
781b178c | 3485 | i_pthread (i_pthread.U): |
190b66db | 3486 | This variable conditionally defines the I_PTHREAD symbol, |
781b178c JH |
3487 | and indicates whether a C program should include <pthread.h>. |
3488 | ||
3489 | i_pwd (i_pwd.U): | |
3490 | This variable conditionally defines I_PWD, which indicates | |
3491 | to the C program that it should include <pwd.h>. | |
3492 | ||
4e5044f0 JH |
3493 | i_quadmath (i_quadmath.U): |
3494 | This variable conditionally defines I_QUADMATH, which indicates | |
3495 | to the C program that it should include <quadmath.h>. | |
3496 | ||
781b178c JH |
3497 | i_rpcsvcdbm (i_dbm.U): |
3498 | This variable conditionally defines the I_RPCSVC_DBM symbol, which | |
3499 | indicates to the C program that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and should | |
3500 | be included. Some System V systems might need this instead of <dbm.h>. | |
3501 | ||
781b178c JH |
3502 | i_sgtty (i_termio.U): |
3503 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SGTTY symbol, which | |
3504 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sgtty.h> rather | |
3505 | than <termio.h>. | |
3506 | ||
3507 | i_shadow (i_shadow.U): | |
3508 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SHADOW symbol, and indicates | |
3509 | whether a C program should include <shadow.h>. | |
3510 | ||
3511 | i_socks (i_socks.U): | |
3512 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SOCKS symbol, and indicates | |
3513 | whether a C program should include <socks.h>. | |
3514 | ||
3515 | i_stdarg (i_varhdr.U): | |
3516 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDARG symbol, which | |
3517 | indicates to the C program that <stdarg.h> exists and should | |
3518 | be included. | |
3519 | ||
bd31be4b NC |
3520 | i_stdbool (i_stdbool.U): |
3521 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDBOOL symbol, which | |
3522 | indicates to the C program that <stdbool.h> exists and should | |
3523 | be included. | |
3524 | ||
781b178c JH |
3525 | i_stddef (i_stddef.U): |
3526 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDDEF symbol, which | |
3527 | indicates to the C program that <stddef.h> exists and should | |
3528 | be included. | |
3529 | ||
83f6d82b JH |
3530 | i_stdint (i_stdint.U): |
3531 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDINT symbol, which | |
3532 | indicates to the C program that <stdint.h> exists and should | |
3533 | be included. | |
3534 | ||
781b178c JH |
3535 | i_stdlib (i_stdlib.U): |
3536 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDLIB symbol, which | |
3537 | indicates to the C program that <stdlib.h> exists and should | |
3538 | be included. | |
3539 | ||
3540 | i_string (i_string.U): | |
3541 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STRING symbol, which | |
3542 | indicates that <string.h> should be included rather than <strings.h>. | |
3543 | ||
792d8dab JH |
3544 | i_sunmath (i_sunmath.U): |
3545 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SUNMATH symbol, and indicates | |
3546 | whether a C program should include <sunmath.h>. | |
3547 | ||
781b178c JH |
3548 | i_sysaccess (i_sysaccess.U): |
3549 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_ACCESS symbol, | |
3550 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/access.h>. | |
3551 | ||
3552 | i_sysdir (i_sysdir.U): | |
3553 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_DIR symbol, and indicates | |
3554 | whether a C program should include <sys/dir.h>. | |
3555 | ||
3556 | i_sysfile (i_sysfile.U): | |
3557 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILE symbol, and indicates | |
3558 | whether a C program should include <sys/file.h> to get R_OK and friends. | |
3559 | ||
3560 | i_sysfilio (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3561 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILIO symbol, which | |
3562 | indicates to the C program that <sys/filio.h> exists and should | |
3563 | be included in preference to <sys/ioctl.h>. | |
3564 | ||
3565 | i_sysin (i_niin.U): | |
3566 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_IN, which indicates | |
3567 | to the C program that it should include <sys/in.h> instead of | |
3568 | <netinet/in.h>. | |
3569 | ||
3570 | i_sysioctl (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3571 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_IOCTL symbol, which | |
3572 | indicates to the C program that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should | |
3573 | be included. | |
3574 | ||
ca52efda JH |
3575 | i_syslog (i_syslog.U): |
3576 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSLOG symbol, | |
3577 | and indicates whether a C program should include <syslog.h>. | |
3578 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
3579 | i_sysmman (i_sysmman.U): |
3580 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_MMAN symbol, and | |
3581 | indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mman.h>. | |
3582 | ||
87b71857 JH |
3583 | i_sysmode (i_sysmode.U): |
3584 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMODE symbol, | |
3585 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mode.h>. | |
3586 | ||
781b178c JH |
3587 | i_sysmount (i_sysmount.U): |
3588 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMOUNT symbol, | |
3589 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mount.h>. | |
3590 | ||
3591 | i_sysndir (i_sysndir.U): | |
3592 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_NDIR symbol, and indicates | |
3593 | whether a C program should include <sys/ndir.h>. | |
3594 | ||
3595 | i_sysparam (i_sysparam.U): | |
3596 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_PARAM symbol, and indicates | |
3597 | whether a C program should include <sys/param.h>. | |
3598 | ||
216dac04 MB |
3599 | i_syspoll (i_syspoll.U): |
3600 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_POLL symbol, which | |
3601 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/poll.h>. | |
3602 | ||
781b178c JH |
3603 | i_sysresrc (i_sysresrc.U): |
3604 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_RESOURCE symbol, | |
3605 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/resource.h>. | |
3606 | ||
3607 | i_syssecrt (i_syssecrt.U): | |
3608 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_SECURITY symbol, | |
3609 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/security.h>. | |
3610 | ||
3611 | i_sysselct (i_sysselct.U): | |
3612 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SELECT, which indicates | |
3613 | to the C program that it should include <sys/select.h> in order to | |
3614 | get the definition of struct timeval. | |
3615 | ||
3616 | i_syssockio (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3617 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SOCKIO to indicate to the | |
3618 | C program that socket ioctl codes may be found in <sys/sockio.h> | |
3619 | instead of <sys/ioctl.h>. | |
3620 | ||
3621 | i_sysstat (i_sysstat.U): | |
3622 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_STAT symbol, | |
3623 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/stat.h>. | |
3624 | ||
0545a864 JH |
3625 | i_sysstatfs (i_sysstatfs.U): |
3626 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATFS symbol, | |
3627 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statfs.h>. | |
3628 | ||
781b178c JH |
3629 | i_sysstatvfs (i_sysstatvfs.U): |
3630 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATVFS symbol, | |
3631 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statvfs.h>. | |
3632 | ||
3633 | i_systime (i_time.U): | |
3634 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME, which indicates | |
3635 | to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h>. | |
3636 | ||
3637 | i_systimek (i_time.U): | |
3638 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL, which | |
3639 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h> | |
3640 | with KERNEL defined. | |
3641 | ||
3642 | i_systimes (i_systimes.U): | |
3643 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TIMES symbol, and indicates | |
3644 | whether a C program should include <sys/times.h>. | |
3645 | ||
3646 | i_systypes (i_systypes.U): | |
3647 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TYPES symbol, | |
3648 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/types.h>. | |
3649 | ||
3650 | i_sysuio (i_sysuio.U): | |
3651 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUIO symbol, and indicates | |
3652 | whether a C program should include <sys/uio.h>. | |
3653 | ||
3654 | i_sysun (i_sysun.U): | |
3655 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_UN, which indicates | |
3656 | to the C program that it should include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX | |
3657 | domain socket definitions. | |
3658 | ||
d4935d7f JH |
3659 | i_sysutsname (i_sysutsname.U): |
3660 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUTSNAME symbol, | |
3661 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/utsname.h>. | |
3662 | ||
0545a864 JH |
3663 | i_sysvfs (i_sysvfs.U): |
3664 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSVFS symbol, | |
3665 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/vfs.h>. | |
3666 | ||
781b178c JH |
3667 | i_syswait (i_syswait.U): |
3668 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_WAIT, which indicates | |
3669 | to the C program that it should include <sys/wait.h>. | |
3670 | ||
3671 | i_termio (i_termio.U): | |
3672 | This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIO symbol, which | |
3673 | indicates to the C program that it should include <termio.h> rather | |
3674 | than <sgtty.h>. | |
3675 | ||
3676 | i_termios (i_termio.U): | |
3677 | This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIOS symbol, which | |
3678 | indicates to the C program that the POSIX <termios.h> file is | |
3679 | to be included. | |
3680 | ||
3681 | i_time (i_time.U): | |
3682 | This variable conditionally defines I_TIME, which indicates | |
3683 | to the C program that it should include <time.h>. | |
3684 | ||
3685 | i_unistd (i_unistd.U): | |
3686 | This variable conditionally defines the I_UNISTD symbol, and indicates | |
3687 | whether a C program should include <unistd.h>. | |
3688 | ||
0545a864 JH |
3689 | i_ustat (i_ustat.U): |
3690 | This variable conditionally defines the I_USTAT symbol, and indicates | |
3691 | whether a C program should include <ustat.h>. | |
3692 | ||
781b178c JH |
3693 | i_utime (i_utime.U): |
3694 | This variable conditionally defines the I_UTIME symbol, and indicates | |
3695 | whether a C program should include <utime.h>. | |
3696 | ||
3697 | i_values (i_values.U): | |
3698 | This variable conditionally defines the I_VALUES symbol, and indicates | |
3699 | whether a C program may include <values.h> to get symbols like MAXLONG | |
3700 | and friends. | |
3701 | ||
3702 | i_varargs (i_varhdr.U): | |
3703 | This variable conditionally defines I_VARARGS, which indicates | |
3704 | to the C program that it should include <varargs.h>. | |
3705 | ||
3706 | i_varhdr (i_varhdr.U): | |
3707 | Contains the name of the header to be included to get va_dcl definition. | |
3708 | Typically one of varargs.h or stdarg.h. | |
3709 | ||
3710 | i_vfork (i_vfork.U): | |
3711 | This variable conditionally defines the I_VFORK symbol, and indicates | |
3712 | whether a C program should include vfork.h. | |
3713 | ||
3714 | ignore_versioned_solibs (libs.U): | |
3715 | This variable should be non-empty if non-versioned shared | |
3716 | libraries (libfoo.so.x.y) are to be ignored (because they | |
3717 | cannot be linked against). | |
3718 | ||
ff935051 JH |
3719 | inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): |
3720 | This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over | |
3721 | which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically | |
3a096bf3 JH |
3722 | search when adding directories to @INC. The elements in |
3723 | the list are separated by spaces. This is only useful | |
ff935051 JH |
3724 | if you have a perl library directory tree structured like the |
3725 | default one. See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned | |
3726 | site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the | |
3727 | lowest possible value. | |
3728 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
3729 | This list includes architecture-dependent directories back to |
3730 | version $api_versionstring (e.g. 5.5.640) and | |
3731 | architecture-independent directories all the way back to | |
3732 | 5.005. | |
3733 | ||
3a096bf3 JH |
3734 | inc_version_list_init (inc_version_list.U): |
3735 | This variable holds the same list as inc_version_list, but | |
635aebb7 | 3736 | each item is enclosed in double quotes and separated by commas, |
3a096bf3 JH |
3737 | suitable for use in the PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST initialization. |
3738 | ||
781b178c | 3739 | incpath (usrinc.U): |
bce0fc72 | 3740 | This variable must precede the normal include path to get the |
209e5c0a | 3741 | right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". |
781b178c JH |
3742 | Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. |
3743 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
3744 | incpth (libpth.U): |
3745 | This variable must precede the normal include path to get the | |
3746 | right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". | |
3747 | Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. | |
3748 | ||
781b178c JH |
3749 | inews (Loc.U): |
3750 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3751 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3752 | |
df4c34dc MB |
3753 | initialinstalllocation (bin.U): |
3754 | When userelocatableinc is true, this variable holds the location | |
3755 | that make install should copy the perl binary to, with all the | |
3756 | run-time relocatable paths calculated from this at install time. | |
1332606d | 3757 | When used, it is initialized to the original value of binexp, and |
df4c34dc MB |
3758 | then binexp is set to '.../', as the other binaries are found |
3759 | relative to the perl binary. | |
3760 | ||
781b178c JH |
3761 | installarchlib (archlib.U): |
3762 | This variable is really the same as archlibexp but may differ on | |
3763 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3764 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3765 | ||
3766 | installbin (bin.U): | |
3767 | This variable is the same as binexp unless AFS is running in which case | |
47e01c32 | 3768 | the user is explicitly prompted for it. This variable should always |
781b178c JH |
3769 | be used in your makefiles for maximum portability. |
3770 | ||
10305dfa | 3771 | installhtml1dir (html1dir.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
3772 | This variable is really the same as html1direxp, unless you are |
3773 | using a different installprefix. For extra portability, you | |
10305dfa JH |
3774 | should only use this variable within your makefiles. |
3775 | ||
3776 | installhtml3dir (html3dir.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
3777 | This variable is really the same as html3direxp, unless you are |
3778 | using a different installprefix. For extra portability, you | |
10305dfa JH |
3779 | should only use this variable within your makefiles. |
3780 | ||
781b178c JH |
3781 | installman1dir (man1dir.U): |
3782 | This variable is really the same as man1direxp, unless you are using | |
3783 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas | |
3784 | man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3785 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3786 | ||
3787 | installman3dir (man3dir.U): | |
3788 | This variable is really the same as man3direxp, unless you are using | |
3789 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas | |
3790 | man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3791 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3792 | ||
3793 | installprefix (installprefix.U): | |
635aebb7 | 3794 | This variable holds the name of the directory below which |
781b178c JH |
3795 | "make install" will install the package. For most users, this |
3796 | is the same as prefix. However, it is useful for | |
3797 | installing the software into a different (usually temporary) | |
3798 | location after which it can be bundled up and moved somehow | |
3799 | to the final location specified by prefix. | |
3800 | ||
3801 | installprefixexp (installprefix.U): | |
3802 | This variable holds the full absolute path of installprefix | |
3803 | with all ~-expansion done. | |
3804 | ||
3805 | installprivlib (privlib.U): | |
3806 | This variable is really the same as privlibexp but may differ on | |
3807 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3808 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3809 | ||
3810 | installscript (scriptdir.U): | |
3811 | This variable is usually the same as scriptdirexp, unless you are on | |
3812 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3813 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3814 | ||
3815 | installsitearch (sitearch.U): | |
3816 | This variable is really the same as sitearchexp but may differ on | |
3817 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3818 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3819 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
3820 | installsitebin (sitebin.U): |
3821 | This variable is usually the same as sitebinexp, unless you are on | |
3822 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3823 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3824 | ||
e755722e JH |
3825 | installsitehtml1dir (sitehtml1dir.U): |
3826 | This variable is really the same as sitehtml1direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3827 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3828 | html1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3829 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3830 | ||
e755722e JH |
3831 | installsitehtml3dir (sitehtml3dir.U): |
3832 | This variable is really the same as sitehtml3direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3833 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3834 | html3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3835 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3836 | ||
781b178c JH |
3837 | installsitelib (sitelib.U): |
3838 | This variable is really the same as sitelibexp but may differ on | |
3839 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3840 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3841 | ||
e755722e JH |
3842 | installsiteman1dir (siteman1dir.U): |
3843 | This variable is really the same as siteman1direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3844 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3845 | man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3846 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3847 | ||
e755722e JH |
3848 | installsiteman3dir (siteman3dir.U): |
3849 | This variable is really the same as siteman3direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3850 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3851 | man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3852 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3853 | ||
3854 | installsitescript (sitescript.U): | |
3855 | This variable is usually the same as sitescriptexp, unless you are on | |
3856 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3857 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3858 | ||
781b178c JH |
3859 | installstyle (installstyle.U): |
3860 | This variable describes the "style" of the perl installation. | |
3861 | This is intended to be useful for tools that need to | |
3862 | manipulate entire perl distributions. Perl itself doesn't use | |
3863 | this to find its libraries -- the library directories are | |
3864 | stored directly in Config.pm. Currently, there are only two | |
3865 | styles: "lib" and "lib/perl5". The default library locations | |
3866 | (e.g. privlib, sitelib) are either $prefix/lib or | |
3867 | $prefix/lib/perl5. The former is useful if $prefix is a | |
3868 | directory dedicated to perl (e.g. /opt/perl), while the latter | |
3869 | is useful if $prefix is shared by many packages, e.g. if | |
3870 | $prefix=/usr/local. | |
9c20e9bc | 3871 | |
123f32c0 MB |
3872 | Unfortunately, while this "style" variable is used to set |
3873 | defaults for all three directory hierarchies (core, vendor, and | |
3874 | site), there is no guarantee that the same style is actually | |
3875 | appropriate for all those directories. For example, $prefix | |
3876 | might be /opt/perl, but $siteprefix might be /usr/local. | |
3877 | (Perhaps, in retrospect, the "lib" style should never have been | |
3878 | supported, but it did seem like a nice idea at the time.) | |
3879 | ||
3880 | The situation is even less clear for tools such as MakeMaker | |
3881 | that can be used to install additional modules into | |
3882 | non-standard places. For example, if a user intends to install | |
3883 | a module into a private directory (perhaps by setting PREFIX on | |
3884 | the Makefile.PL command line), then there is no reason to | |
3885 | assume that the Configure-time $installstyle setting will be | |
3886 | relevant for that PREFIX. | |
3887 | ||
9c20e9bc | 3888 | This may later be extended to include other information, so |
781b178c | 3889 | be careful with pattern-matching on the results. |
9c20e9bc JH |
3890 | |
3891 | For compatibility with perl5.005 and earlier, the default | |
781b178c JH |
3892 | setting is based on whether or not $prefix contains the string |
3893 | "perl". | |
3894 | ||
3895 | installusrbinperl (instubperl.U): | |
3896 | This variable tells whether Perl should be installed also as | |
3897 | /usr/bin/perl in addition to | |
3898 | $installbin/perl | |
3899 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
3900 | installvendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
3901 | This variable is really the same as vendorarchexp but may differ on | |
3902 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3903 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3904 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
3905 | installvendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
3906 | This variable is really the same as vendorbinexp but may differ on | |
3907 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3908 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3909 | ||
e755722e JH |
3910 | installvendorhtml1dir (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
3911 | This variable is really the same as vendorhtml1direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
3912 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
3913 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3914 | ||
e755722e JH |
3915 | installvendorhtml3dir (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
3916 | This variable is really the same as vendorhtml3direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
3917 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
3918 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3919 | ||
a3635516 JH |
3920 | installvendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
3921 | This variable is really the same as vendorlibexp but may differ on | |
3922 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3923 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3924 | ||
e755722e JH |
3925 | installvendorman1dir (vendorman1dir.U): |
3926 | This variable is really the same as vendorman1direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
3927 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
3928 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3929 | ||
e755722e JH |
3930 | installvendorman3dir (vendorman3dir.U): |
3931 | This variable is really the same as vendorman3direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
3932 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
3933 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3934 | ||
3935 | installvendorscript (vendorscript.U): | |
3936 | This variable is really the same as vendorscriptexp but may differ on | |
3937 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3938 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3939 | ||
781b178c JH |
3940 | intsize (intsize.U): |
3941 | This variable contains the value of the INTSIZE symbol, which | |
3942 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in an int. | |
3943 | ||
4b661809 | 3944 | issymlink (issymlink.U): |
983dbef6 JH |
3945 | This variable holds the test command to test for a symbolic link |
3946 | (if they are supported). Typical values include 'test -h' and | |
3947 | 'test -L'. | |
4b661809 | 3948 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3949 | ivdformat (perlxvf.U): |
3950 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 3951 | a Perl IV as a signed decimal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
3952 | |
3953 | ivsize (perlxv.U): | |
3954 | This variable is the size of an IV in bytes. | |
3955 | ||
3956 | ivtype (perlxv.U): | |
3957 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's IV. | |
3958 | ||
781b178c | 3959 | known_extensions (Extensions.U): |
f7b3892b NC |
3960 | This variable holds a list of all extensions (both XS and non-xs) |
3961 | included in the package source distribution. This information is | |
3962 | only really of use during the Perl build, as the list makes no | |
3963 | distinction between extensions which were build and installed, and | |
3964 | those which where not. See "extensions" for the list of extensions | |
3965 | actually built and available. | |
781b178c JH |
3966 | |
3967 | ksh (Loc.U): | |
3968 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3969 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3970 | |
781b178c JH |
3971 | ld (dlsrc.U): |
3972 | This variable indicates the program to be used to link | |
3973 | libraries for dynamic loading. On some systems, it is 'ld'. | |
3974 | On ELF systems, it should be $cc. Mostly, we'll try to respect | |
3975 | the hint file setting. | |
3976 | ||
9ec4dadf MB |
3977 | ld_can_script (dlsrc.U): |
3978 | This variable shows if the loader accepts scripts in the form of | |
3979 | -Wl,--version-script=ld.script. This is currently only supported | |
3980 | for GNU ld on ELF in dynamic loading builds. | |
3981 | ||
781b178c JH |
3982 | lddlflags (dlsrc.U): |
3983 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
3984 | passed to $ld to create a shared library suitable for dynamic | |
3985 | loading. It is up to the makefile to use it. For hpux, it | |
3986 | should be '-b'. For sunos 4.1, it is empty. | |
3987 | ||
3988 | ldflags (ccflags.U): | |
3989 | This variable contains any additional C loader flags desired by | |
3990 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
3991 | ||
af960fef JH |
3992 | ldflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
3993 | This variable contains the loader flags needed by large file builds | |
3994 | and added to ldflags by hints files. | |
3995 | ||
781b178c JH |
3996 | ldlibpthname (libperl.U): |
3997 | This variable holds the name of the shared library | |
3998 | search path, often LD_LIBRARY_PATH. To get an empty | |
3999 | string, the hints file must set this to 'none'. | |
4000 | ||
4001 | less (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4002 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4003 | full pathname (if any) of the less program. After Configure runs, |
4004 | the value is reset to a plain "less" and is not useful. | |
4005 | ||
4006 | lib_ext (Unix.U): | |
4007 | This is an old synonym for _a. | |
4008 | ||
4009 | libc (libc.U): | |
4010 | This variable contains the location of the C library. | |
4011 | ||
4012 | libperl (libperl.U): | |
4013 | The perl executable is obtained by linking perlmain.c with | |
4014 | libperl, any static extensions (usually just DynaLoader), | |
4015 | and any other libraries needed on this system. libperl | |
4016 | is usually libperl.a, but can also be libperl.so.xxx if | |
4017 | the user wishes to build a perl executable with a shared | |
4018 | library. | |
4019 | ||
4020 | libpth (libpth.U): | |
4021 | This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to find | |
4022 | libraries. It is intended to be used by other units. | |
4023 | ||
4024 | libs (libs.U): | |
4025 | This variable holds the additional libraries we want to use. | |
9285ede2 | 4026 | It is up to the Makefile to deal with it. The list can be empty. |
781b178c | 4027 | |
fe749a9f JH |
4028 | libsdirs (libs.U): |
4029 | This variable holds the directory names aka dirnames of the libraries | |
4030 | we found and accepted, duplicates are removed. | |
4031 | ||
4032 | libsfiles (libs.U): | |
4033 | This variable holds the filenames aka basenames of the libraries | |
4034 | we found and accepted. | |
4035 | ||
4036 | libsfound (libs.U): | |
4037 | This variable holds the full pathnames of the libraries | |
4038 | we found and accepted. | |
4039 | ||
13b3f787 JH |
4040 | libspath (libs.U): |
4041 | This variable holds the directory names probed for libraries. | |
4042 | ||
781b178c JH |
4043 | libswanted (Myinit.U): |
4044 | This variable holds a list of all the libraries we want to | |
4045 | search. The order is chosen to pick up the c library | |
4046 | ahead of ucb or bsd libraries for SVR4. | |
4047 | ||
af960fef JH |
4048 | libswanted_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
4049 | This variable contains the libraries needed by large file builds | |
4050 | and added to ldflags by hints files. It is a space separated list | |
4051 | of the library names without the "lib" prefix or any suffix, just | |
209e5c0a | 4052 | like libswanted.. |
af960fef | 4053 | |
781b178c | 4054 | line (Loc.U): |
ff935051 | 4055 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 4056 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4057 | |
4058 | lint (Loc.U): | |
4059 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4060 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4061 | |
4062 | lkflags (ccflags.U): | |
4063 | This variable contains any additional C partial linker flags desired by | |
4064 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
4065 | ||
4066 | ln (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4067 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4068 | full pathname (if any) of the ln program. After Configure runs, |
4069 | the value is reset to a plain "ln" and is not useful. | |
4070 | ||
4071 | lns (lns.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4072 | This variable holds the name of the command to make |
781b178c JH |
4073 | symbolic links (if they are supported). It can be used |
4074 | in the Makefile. It is either 'ln -s' or 'ln' | |
4075 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
4076 | localtime_r_proto (d_localtime_r.U): |
4077 | This variable encodes the prototype of localtime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4078 | It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the |
4079 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r | |
4080 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4081 | |
781b178c JH |
4082 | locincpth (ccflags.U): |
4083 | This variable contains a list of additional directories to be | |
4084 | searched by the compiler. The appropriate '-I' directives will | |
4085 | be added to ccflags. This is intended to simplify setting | |
4086 | local directories from the Configure command line. | |
4087 | It's not much, but it parallels the loclibpth stuff in libpth.U. | |
4088 | ||
4089 | loclibpth (libpth.U): | |
4090 | This variable holds the paths (space-separated) used to find local | |
4091 | libraries. It is prepended to libpth, and is intended to be easily | |
4092 | set from the command line. | |
4093 | ||
44521f3a JH |
4094 | longdblinfbytes (infnan.U): |
4095 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
4096 | for the long double precision infinity. | |
4097 | ||
db8b8c75 | 4098 | longdblkind (d_longdbl.U): |
dc91db6c JH |
4099 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a long double: |
4100 | 0 = double, 1 = IEEE 754 128-bit big little endian, | |
4101 | 2 = IEEE 754 128-bit big big endian, 3 = x86 80-bit little endian, | |
4102 | 4 = x86 80-bit big endian, 5 = double-double 128-bit little endian, | |
4103 | 6 = double-double 128-bit big endian, -1 = unknown format. | |
4104 | ||
ed3917fd JH |
4105 | longdblmantbits (longdblmant.U): |
4106 | This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits | |
4107 | there are in long double precision floating point format. | |
4108 | Note that this can be LDBL_MANT_DIG minus one, | |
4109 | since LDBL_MANT_DIG can include the IEEE 754 implicit bit. | |
4110 | The common x86-style 80-bit long double does not have | |
4111 | an implicit bit. | |
4112 | ||
44521f3a JH |
4113 | longdblnanbytes (infnan.U): |
4114 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
4115 | for the long double precision not-a-number. | |
4116 | ||
781b178c JH |
4117 | longdblsize (d_longdbl.U): |
4118 | This variable contains the value of the LONG_DOUBLESIZE symbol, which | |
4119 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long double, | |
0cd93aca JH |
4120 | if this system supports long doubles. Note that this is |
4121 | sizeof(long double), which may include unused bytes. | |
781b178c JH |
4122 | |
4123 | longlongsize (d_longlong.U): | |
4124 | This variable contains the value of the LONGLONGSIZE symbol, which | |
4125 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long long, | |
4126 | if this system supports long long. | |
4127 | ||
4128 | longsize (intsize.U): | |
4129 | This variable contains the value of the LONGSIZE symbol, which | |
4130 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long. | |
4131 | ||
4132 | lp (Loc.U): | |
4133 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4134 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4135 | |
4136 | lpr (Loc.U): | |
4137 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4138 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4139 | |
4140 | ls (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4141 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4142 | full pathname (if any) of the ls program. After Configure runs, |
4143 | the value is reset to a plain "ls" and is not useful. | |
4144 | ||
4145 | lseeksize (lseektype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4146 | This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
4147 | or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the |
4148 | kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). | |
4149 | ||
4150 | lseektype (lseektype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4151 | This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
4152 | or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the |
4153 | kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). | |
4154 | ||
4155 | mail (Loc.U): | |
4156 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4157 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4158 | |
4159 | mailx (Loc.U): | |
4160 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4161 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4162 | |
4163 | make (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4164 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
c532c9d1 JH |
4165 | full pathname (if any) of the make program. After Configure runs, |
4166 | the value is reset to a plain "make" and is not useful. | |
4167 | ||
781b178c JH |
4168 | make_set_make (make.U): |
4169 | Some versions of 'make' set the variable MAKE. Others do not. | |
4170 | This variable contains the string to be included in Makefile.SH | |
4171 | so that MAKE is set if needed, and not if not needed. | |
4172 | Possible values are: | |
44b94491 | 4173 | |
781b178c | 4174 | make_set_make='#' # If your make program handles this for you, |
44b94491 | 4175 | |
781b178c | 4176 | make_set_make="MAKE=$make" # if it doesn't. |
44b94491 | 4177 | |
5bcaa86b | 4178 | This uses a comment character so that we can distinguish a |
1d896104 | 4179 | 'set' value (from a previous config.sh or Configure '-D' option) |
781b178c JH |
4180 | from an uncomputed value. |
4181 | ||
4182 | mallocobj (mallocsrc.U): | |
4183 | This variable contains the name of the malloc.o that this package | |
4184 | generates, if that malloc.o is preferred over the system malloc. | |
4185 | Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating | |
4186 | Makefiles. See mallocsrc. | |
4187 | ||
4188 | mallocsrc (mallocsrc.U): | |
4189 | This variable contains the name of the malloc.c that comes with | |
4190 | the package, if that malloc.c is preferred over the system malloc. | |
4191 | Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating | |
4192 | Makefiles. | |
4193 | ||
4194 | malloctype (mallocsrc.U): | |
4195 | This variable contains the kind of ptr returned by malloc and realloc. | |
4196 | ||
4197 | man1dir (man1dir.U): | |
4198 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual | |
4199 | source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4200 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4201 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4202 | ||
4203 | man1direxp (man1dir.U): | |
4204 | This variable is the same as the man1dir variable, but is filename | |
4205 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
4206 | ||
4207 | man1ext (man1dir.U): | |
4208 | This variable contains the extension that the manual page should | |
4209 | have: one of 'n', 'l', or '1'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. | |
4210 | See man1dir. | |
4211 | ||
4212 | man3dir (man3dir.U): | |
4213 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual | |
4214 | source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4215 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4216 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4217 | ||
4218 | man3direxp (man3dir.U): | |
4219 | This variable is the same as the man3dir variable, but is filename | |
4220 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
4221 | ||
4222 | man3ext (man3dir.U): | |
4223 | This variable contains the extension that the manual page should | |
4224 | have: one of 'n', 'l', or '3'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. | |
4225 | See man3dir. | |
4226 | ||
781b178c JH |
4227 | mips_type (usrinc.U): |
4228 | This variable holds the environment type for the mips system. | |
4229 | Possible values are "BSD 4.3" and "System V". | |
4230 | ||
65d1576c | 4231 | mistrustnm (Csym.U): |
5129fff4 JH |
4232 | This variable can be used to establish a fallthrough for the cases |
4233 | where nm fails to find a symbol. If usenm is false or usenm is true | |
4234 | and mistrustnm is false, this variable has no effect. If usenm is true | |
4235 | and mistrustnm is "compile", a test program will be compiled to try to | |
4236 | find any symbol that can't be located via nm lookup. If mistrustnm is | |
4237 | "run", the test program will be run as well as being compiled. | |
4238 | ||
781b178c | 4239 | mkdir (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4240 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4241 | full pathname (if any) of the mkdir program. After Configure runs, |
4242 | the value is reset to a plain "mkdir" and is not useful. | |
4243 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
4244 | mmaptype (d_mmap.U): |
4245 | This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by mmap() | |
4246 | (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). | |
4247 | It can be 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. | |
4248 | ||
781b178c | 4249 | modetype (modetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
4250 | This variable defines modetype to be something like mode_t, |
4251 | int, unsigned short, or whatever type is used to declare file | |
781b178c JH |
4252 | modes for system calls. |
4253 | ||
4254 | more (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4255 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4256 | full pathname (if any) of the more program. After Configure runs, |
4257 | the value is reset to a plain "more" and is not useful. | |
4258 | ||
4259 | multiarch (multiarch.U): | |
4260 | This variable conditionally defines the MULTIARCH symbol | |
4261 | which signifies the presence of multiplatform files. | |
4262 | This is normally set by hints files. | |
4263 | ||
4264 | mv (Loc.U): | |
4265 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4266 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4267 | |
4268 | myarchname (archname.U): | |
4269 | This variable holds the architecture name computed by Configure in | |
4270 | a previous run. It is not intended to be perused by any user and | |
4271 | should never be set in a hint file. | |
4272 | ||
4273 | mydomain (myhostname.U): | |
4274 | This variable contains the eventual value of the MYDOMAIN symbol, | |
4275 | which is the domain of the host the program is going to run on. | |
4276 | The domain must be appended to myhostname to form a complete host name. | |
4277 | The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. | |
4278 | ||
4279 | myhostname (myhostname.U): | |
4280 | This variable contains the eventual value of the MYHOSTNAME symbol, | |
4281 | which is the name of the host the program is going to run on. | |
4282 | The domain is not kept with hostname, but must be gotten from mydomain. | |
4283 | The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. | |
4284 | ||
4285 | myuname (Oldconfig.U): | |
1332606d MB |
4286 | The output of 'uname -a' if available, otherwise the hostname. |
4287 | The whole thing is then lower-cased and slashes and single quotes are | |
4288 | removed. | |
781b178c JH |
4289 | |
4290 | n (n.U): | |
1d896104 | 4291 | This variable contains the '-n' flag if that is what causes the echo |
781b178c JH |
4292 | command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is |
4293 | $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". | |
4294 | ||
2cc61e15 DD |
4295 | need_va_copy (need_va_copy.U): |
4296 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores | |
4297 | the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format | |
4298 | that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some | |
4299 | other means must be used when copying is required. | |
4300 | As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) | |
4301 | of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- | |
4302 | independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. | |
4303 | ||
781b178c JH |
4304 | netdb_hlen_type (netdbtype.U): |
4305 | This variable holds the type used for the 2nd argument to | |
4306 | gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or size_t or unsigned. | |
4307 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4308 | ||
4309 | netdb_host_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4310 | This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to | |
4311 | gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is char * or void *, possibly | |
4312 | with or without a const prefix. | |
4313 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4314 | ||
4315 | netdb_name_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4316 | This variable holds the type used for the argument to | |
4317 | gethostbyname(). Usually, this is char * or const char *. | |
4318 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyname(), naturally. | |
4319 | ||
4320 | netdb_net_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4321 | This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to | |
4322 | getnetbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or long. | |
4323 | This is only useful if you have getnetbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4324 | ||
4325 | nm (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4326 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4327 | full pathname (if any) of the nm program. After Configure runs, |
4328 | the value is reset to a plain "nm" and is not useful. | |
4329 | ||
4330 | nm_opt (usenm.U): | |
4331 | This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm. | |
4332 | ||
4333 | nm_so_opt (usenm.U): | |
4334 | This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm | |
4335 | to work on a shared library but that can not be used on an | |
4336 | archive library. Currently, this is only used by Linux, where | |
4337 | nm --dynamic is *required* to get symbols from an ELF library which | |
4338 | has been stripped, but nm --dynamic is *fatal* on an archive library. | |
4339 | Maybe Linux should just always set usenm=false. | |
4340 | ||
4341 | nonxs_ext (Extensions.U): | |
f7b3892b NC |
4342 | This variable holds a list of all non-xs extensions built and |
4343 | installed by the package. By default, all non-xs extensions | |
4344 | distributed will be built, with the exception of platform-specific | |
4345 | extensions (currently only one VMS specific extension). | |
781b178c JH |
4346 | |
4347 | nroff (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4348 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4349 | full pathname (if any) of the nroff program. After Configure runs, |
4350 | the value is reset to a plain "nroff" and is not useful. | |
4351 | ||
b68c599a NC |
4352 | nv_overflows_integers_at (perlxv.U): |
4353 | This variable gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold | |
4354 | as a constant floating point expression. | |
4355 | If it could not be determined, it holds the value 0. | |
4356 | ||
4137585d MB |
4357 | nv_preserves_uv_bits (perlxv.U): |
4358 | This variable indicates how many of bits type uvtype | |
4359 | a variable nvtype can preserve. | |
4360 | ||
6b4667fc A |
4361 | nveformat (perlxvf.U): |
4362 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4363 | a Perl NV using %e-ish floating point format. | |
4364 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4365 | nvEUformat (perlxvf.U): |
4366 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4367 | a Perl NV using %E-ish floating point format. | |
4368 | ||
6b4667fc | 4369 | nvfformat (perlxvf.U): |
1332606d | 4370 | This variable contains the format string used for printing |
6b4667fc A |
4371 | a Perl NV using %f-ish floating point format. |
4372 | ||
4d54317a | 4373 | nvFUformat (perlxvf.U): |
1332606d | 4374 | This variable contains the format string used for printing |
4d54317a JH |
4375 | a Perl NV using %F-ish floating point format. |
4376 | ||
6b4667fc A |
4377 | nvgformat (perlxvf.U): |
4378 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4379 | a Perl NV using %g-ish floating point format. | |
4380 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4381 | nvGUformat (perlxvf.U): |
4382 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4383 | a Perl NV using %G-ish floating point format. | |
4384 | ||
5a14060a JH |
4385 | nvmantbits (mantbits.U): |
4386 | This variable tells how many bits the mantissa of a Perl NV has, | |
4387 | not including the possible implicit bit. | |
4388 | ||
a22e52b9 | 4389 | nvsize (perlxv.U): |
0cd93aca JH |
4390 | This variable is the size of a Perl NV in bytes. |
4391 | Note that some floating point formats have unused bytes. | |
a22e52b9 JH |
4392 | |
4393 | nvtype (perlxv.U): | |
4394 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's NV. | |
4395 | ||
781b178c JH |
4396 | o_nonblock (nblock_io.U): |
4397 | This variable bears the symbol value to be used during open() or fcntl() | |
4398 | to turn on non-blocking I/O for a file descriptor. If you wish to switch | |
4399 | between blocking and non-blocking, you may try ioctl(FIOSNBIO) instead, | |
4400 | but that is only supported by some devices. | |
4401 | ||
4402 | obj_ext (Unix.U): | |
4403 | This is an old synonym for _o. | |
4404 | ||
4405 | old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): | |
4406 | This variable defines the constant to use for creating joinable | |
4407 | (aka undetached) pthreads. Unused if pthread.h defines | |
4408 | PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. If used, possible values are | |
4409 | PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED and __UNDETACHED. | |
4410 | ||
4411 | optimize (ccflags.U): | |
4412 | This variable contains any optimizer/debugger flag that should be used. | |
4413 | It is up to the Makefile to use it. | |
4414 | ||
4415 | orderlib (orderlib.U): | |
4416 | This variable is "true" if the components of libraries must be ordered | |
4417 | (with `lorder $* | tsort`) before placing them in an archive. Set to | |
4418 | "false" if ranlib or ar can generate random libraries. | |
4419 | ||
4420 | osname (Oldconfig.U): | |
4421 | This variable contains the operating system name (e.g. sunos, | |
4422 | solaris, hpux, etc.). It can be useful later on for setting | |
4423 | defaults. Any spaces are replaced with underscores. It is set | |
4424 | to a null string if we can't figure it out. | |
4425 | ||
4426 | osvers (Oldconfig.U): | |
4427 | This variable contains the operating system version (e.g. | |
4428 | 4.1.3, 5.2, etc.). It is primarily used for helping select | |
4429 | an appropriate hints file, but might be useful elsewhere for | |
4430 | setting defaults. It is set to '' if we can't figure it out. | |
4431 | We try to be flexible about how much of the version number | |
4432 | to keep, e.g. if 4.1.1, 4.1.2, and 4.1.3 are essentially the | |
4433 | same for this package, hints files might just be os_4.0 or | |
4434 | os_4.1, etc., not keeping separate files for each little release. | |
4435 | ||
3b777bb4 GS |
4436 | otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): |
4437 | This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl | |
4438 | binary to search for additional library files or modules. | |
4439 | These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. | |
4440 | Perl will automatically search below each path for version- | |
4441 | and architecture-specific directories. See inc_version_list | |
4442 | for more details. | |
4443 | A value of ' ' means 'none' and is used to preserve this value | |
4444 | for the next run through Configure. | |
4445 | ||
781b178c JH |
4446 | package (package.U): |
4447 | This variable contains the name of the package being constructed. | |
4448 | It is primarily intended for the use of later Configure units. | |
4449 | ||
4450 | pager (pager.U): | |
4451 | This variable contains the name of the preferred pager on the system. | |
4452 | Usual values are (the full pathnames of) more, less, pg, or cat. | |
4453 | ||
4454 | passcat (nis.U): | |
4455 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
4456 | /etc/passwd file. This is normally "cat /etc/passwd", but can be | |
4457 | "ypcat passwd" when NIS is used. | |
aaacdc8b GS |
4458 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent |
4459 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
781b178c JH |
4460 | |
4461 | patchlevel (patchlevel.U): | |
4462 | The patchlevel level of this package. | |
4463 | The value of patchlevel comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
ff935051 | 4464 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "6". |
c890dc6c | 4465 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_VERSION". |
781b178c JH |
4466 | |
4467 | path_sep (Unix.U): | |
4468 | This is an old synonym for p_ in Head.U, the character | |
4469 | used to separate elements in the command shell search PATH. | |
4470 | ||
df4c34dc | 4471 | perl (Loc.U): |
b8677e3b MB |
4472 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
4473 | full pathname (if any) of the perl program. After Configure runs, | |
4474 | the value is reset to a plain "perl" and is not useful. | |
df4c34dc | 4475 | |
c890dc6c JH |
4476 | perl5 (perl5.U): |
4477 | This variable contains the full path (if any) to a previously | |
4478 | installed perl5.005 or later suitable for running the script | |
4479 | to determine inc_version_list. | |
4480 | ||
1d896104 MB |
4481 | PERL_API_REVISION (patchlevel.h): |
4482 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_REVISION of | |
4483 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4484 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4485 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4486 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4487 | ||
4488 | PERL_API_SUBVERSION (patchlevel.h): | |
4489 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_SUBVERSION of | |
4490 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4491 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4492 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4493 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4494 | ||
4495 | PERL_API_VERSION (patchlevel.h): | |
4496 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_VERSION of | |
4497 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4498 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4499 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4500 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4501 | ||
4502 | PERL_CONFIG_SH (Oldsyms.U): | |
4503 | This is set to 'true' in config.sh so that a shell script | |
4504 | sourcing config.sh can tell if it has been sourced already. | |
4505 | ||
4506 | PERL_PATCHLEVEL (Oldsyms.U): | |
4507 | This symbol reflects the patchlevel, if available. Will usually | |
4508 | come from the .patch file, which is available when the perl | |
4509 | source tree was fetched with rsync. | |
4510 | ||
a6d26a0d JH |
4511 | perl_patchlevel (patchlevel.U): |
4512 | This is the Perl patch level, a numeric change identifier, | |
4513 | as defined by whichever source code maintenance system | |
4514 | is used to maintain the patches; currently Perforce. | |
4515 | It does not correlate with the Perl version numbers or | |
4516 | the maintenance versus development dichotomy except | |
4517 | by also being increasing. | |
4518 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4519 | PERL_REVISION (Oldsyms.U): |
4520 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 5. | |
4521 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4522 | ||
9e08e8f0 MB |
4523 | perl_static_inline (d_static_inline.U): |
4524 | This variable defines the PERL_STATIC_INLINE symbol to | |
4525 | the best-guess incantation to use for static inline functions. | |
4526 | Possibilities include | |
4527 | static inline (c99) | |
4528 | static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) | |
4529 | static __inline (MSVC) | |
4530 | static _inline (older MSVC) | |
4531 | static (c89 compilers) | |
4532 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4533 | PERL_SUBVERSION (Oldsyms.U): |
4534 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 2. | |
4535 | Values greater than 50 represent potentially unstable | |
4536 | development subversions. | |
4537 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4538 | ||
4539 | PERL_VERSION (Oldsyms.U): | |
4540 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 6. | |
4541 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4542 | ||
781b178c JH |
4543 | perladmin (perladmin.U): |
4544 | Electronic mail address of the perl5 administrator. | |
4545 | ||
b7a73309 JH |
4546 | perllibs (End.U): |
4547 | The list of libraries needed by Perl only (any libraries needed | |
4548 | by extensions only will by dropped, if using dynamic loading). | |
4549 | ||
91f55cc7 MB |
4550 | perlpath (perlpath.U): |
4551 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PERLPATH symbol, | |
4552 | which contains the name of the perl interpreter to be used in | |
4553 | shell scripts and in the "eval 'exec'" idiom. This variable is | |
4554 | not necessarily the pathname of the file containing the perl | |
4555 | interpreter; you must append the executable extension (_exe) if | |
4556 | it is not already present. Note that Perl code that runs during | |
4557 | the Perl build process cannot reference this variable, as Perl | |
4558 | may not have been installed, or even if installed, may be a | |
4559 | different version of Perl. | |
4560 | ||
781b178c | 4561 | pg (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4562 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4563 | full pathname (if any) of the pg program. After Configure runs, |
4564 | the value is reset to a plain "pg" and is not useful. | |
4565 | ||
4566 | phostname (myhostname.U): | |
4567 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PHOSTNAME symbol, | |
4568 | which is a command that can be fed to popen() to get the host name. | |
4569 | The program should probably not presume that the domain is or isn't | |
4570 | there already. | |
4571 | ||
4572 | pidtype (pidtype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4573 | This variable defines PIDTYPE to be something like pid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
4574 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare process ids in the kernel. |
4575 | ||
4576 | plibpth (libpth.U): | |
4577 | Holds the private path used by Configure to find out the libraries. | |
4578 | Its value is prepend to libpth. This variable takes care of special | |
4579 | machines, like the mips. Usually, it should be empty. | |
4580 | ||
4581 | pmake (Loc.U): | |
4582 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4583 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4584 | |
4585 | pr (Loc.U): | |
4586 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4587 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4588 | |
4589 | prefix (prefix.U): | |
4590 | This variable holds the name of the directory below which the | |
4591 | user will install the package. Usually, this is /usr/local, and | |
4592 | executables go in /usr/local/bin, library stuff in /usr/local/lib, | |
4593 | man pages in /usr/local/man, etc. It is only used to set defaults | |
4594 | for things in bin.U, mansrc.U, privlib.U, or scriptdir.U. | |
4595 | ||
4596 | prefixexp (prefix.U): | |
4597 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
4598 | which the user will install the package. Derived from prefix. | |
4599 | ||
4600 | privlib (privlib.U): | |
4601 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PRIVLIB symbol, | |
4602 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
4603 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
4604 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
4605 | ||
4606 | privlibexp (privlib.U): | |
4607 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of privlib, so that you | |
4608 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
4609 | ||
428dc699 JH |
4610 | procselfexe (d_procselfexe.U): |
4611 | If d_procselfexe is defined, $procselfexe is the filename | |
4612 | of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of | |
4613 | the executing program. | |
4614 | ||
781b178c JH |
4615 | prototype (prototype.U): |
4616 | This variable holds the eventual value of CAN_PROTOTYPE, which | |
1332606d | 4617 | indicates the C compiler can handle function prototypes. |
781b178c JH |
4618 | |
4619 | ptrsize (ptrsize.U): | |
4620 | This variable contains the value of the PTRSIZE symbol, which | |
4621 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a pointer. | |
4622 | ||
e0a10278 | 4623 | quadkind (quadtype.U): |
0befd8de JH |
4624 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a quad: |
4625 | 1 = int, 2 = long, 3 = long long, 4 = int64_t. | |
4626 | ||
4627 | quadtype (quadtype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4628 | This variable defines Quad_t to be something like long, int, |
0befd8de JH |
4629 | long long, int64_t, or whatever type is used for 64-bit integers. |
4630 | ||
781b178c JH |
4631 | randbits (randfunc.U): |
4632 | Indicates how many bits are produced by the function used to | |
4633 | generate normalized random numbers. | |
4634 | ||
4635 | randfunc (randfunc.U): | |
4636 | Indicates the name of the random number function to use. | |
4637 | Values include drand48, random, and rand. In C programs, | |
4638 | the 'Drand01' macro is defined to generate uniformly distributed | |
4639 | random numbers over the range [0., 1.[ (see drand01 and nrand). | |
4640 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
4641 | random_r_proto (d_random_r.U): |
4642 | This variable encodes the prototype of random_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4643 | It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the |
4644 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r | |
4645 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4646 | |
781b178c JH |
4647 | randseedtype (randfunc.U): |
4648 | Indicates the type of the argument of the seedfunc. | |
4649 | ||
4650 | ranlib (orderlib.U): | |
4651 | This variable is set to the pathname of the ranlib program, if it is | |
4652 | needed to generate random libraries. Set to ":" if ar can generate | |
4653 | random libraries or if random libraries are not supported | |
4654 | ||
4655 | rd_nodata (nblock_io.U): | |
4656 | This variable holds the return code from read() when no data is | |
4657 | present. It should be -1, but some systems return 0 when O_NDELAY is | |
4658 | used, which is a shame because you cannot make the difference between | |
209e5c0a | 4659 | no data and an EOF.. Sigh! |
781b178c | 4660 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4661 | readdir64_r_proto (d_readdir64_r.U): |
4662 | This variable encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4663 | It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the |
4664 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r | |
4665 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4666 | |
4667 | readdir_r_proto (d_readdir_r.U): | |
4668 | This variable encodes the prototype of readdir_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4669 | It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the |
4670 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r | |
4671 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4672 | |
c890dc6c JH |
4673 | revision (patchlevel.U): |
4674 | The value of revision comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
4675 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "5". | |
4676 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_REVISION". | |
4677 | ||
781b178c | 4678 | rm (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4679 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4680 | full pathname (if any) of the rm program. After Configure runs, |
4681 | the value is reset to a plain "rm" and is not useful. | |
4682 | ||
0ab0821a MB |
4683 | rm_try (Unix.U): |
4684 | This is a cleanup variable for try test programs. | |
4685 | Internal Configure use only. | |
4686 | ||
781b178c JH |
4687 | rmail (Loc.U): |
4688 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4689 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4690 | |
5440bc8e JH |
4691 | run (Cross.U): |
4692 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
4693 | to copy and execute a cross-compiled executable in the | |
4694 | target host. Useful and available only during Perl build. | |
4695 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
4696 | ||
781b178c JH |
4697 | runnm (usenm.U): |
4698 | This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the | |
4699 | nm extraction should be performed or not, according to the value | |
4700 | of usenm and the flags on the Configure command line. | |
4701 | ||
4702 | sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): | |
4703 | This variable defines the way to yield the execution | |
4704 | of the current thread. | |
4705 | ||
4706 | scriptdir (scriptdir.U): | |
4707 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
4708 | to put publicly scripts for the package in question. It is either | |
4709 | the same directory as for binaries, or a special one that can be | |
4710 | mounted across different architectures, like /usr/share. Programs | |
4711 | must be prepared to deal with ~name expansion. | |
4712 | ||
4713 | scriptdirexp (scriptdir.U): | |
4714 | This variable is the same as scriptdir, but is filename expanded | |
4715 | at configuration time, for programs not wanting to bother with it. | |
4716 | ||
4717 | sed (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4718 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4719 | full pathname (if any) of the sed program. After Configure runs, |
4720 | the value is reset to a plain "sed" and is not useful. | |
4721 | ||
4722 | seedfunc (randfunc.U): | |
4723 | Indicates the random number generating seed function. | |
4724 | Values include srand48, srandom, and srand. | |
4725 | ||
4726 | selectminbits (selectminbits.U): | |
4727 | This variable holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. | |
4728 | That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be | |
4729 | cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this | |
4730 | is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do | |
4731 | the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. | |
4732 | ||
4733 | selecttype (selecttype.U): | |
4734 | This variable holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th | |
4735 | arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET | |
635aebb7 | 4736 | is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you |
781b178c JH |
4737 | have select(), naturally. |
4738 | ||
4739 | sendmail (Loc.U): | |
ff935051 | 4740 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 4741 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4742 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4743 | setgrent_r_proto (d_setgrent_r.U): |
4744 | This variable encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4745 | It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
4746 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r | |
4747 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4748 | |
4749 | sethostent_r_proto (d_sethostent_r.U): | |
4750 | This variable encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4751 | It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the |
4752 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r | |
4753 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4754 | |
4755 | setlocale_r_proto (d_setlocale_r.U): | |
4756 | This variable encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4757 | It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the |
4758 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r | |
4759 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4760 | |
4761 | setnetent_r_proto (d_setnetent_r.U): | |
4762 | This variable encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4763 | It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
4764 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r | |
4765 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4766 | |
4767 | setprotoent_r_proto (d_setprotoent_r.U): | |
4768 | This variable encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4769 | It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
4770 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r | |
4771 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4772 | |
4773 | setpwent_r_proto (d_setpwent_r.U): | |
4774 | This variable encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4775 | It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
4776 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r | |
4777 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4778 | |
4779 | setservent_r_proto (d_setservent_r.U): | |
4780 | This variable encodes the prototype of setservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4781 | It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the |
4782 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r | |
4783 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4784 | |
81c4fd9e MB |
4785 | sGMTIME_max (time_size.U): |
4786 | This variable defines the maximum value of the time_t offset that | |
4787 | the system function gmtime () accepts | |
4788 | ||
4789 | sGMTIME_min (time_size.U): | |
4790 | This variable defines the minimum value of the time_t offset that | |
4791 | the system function gmtime () accepts | |
4792 | ||
781b178c JH |
4793 | sh (sh.U): |
4794 | This variable contains the full pathname of the shell used | |
4795 | on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be | |
4796 | /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, | |
4797 | /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as | |
4798 | D:/bin/sh.exe. | |
1d896104 | 4799 | This unit comes before Options.U, so you can't set sh with a '-D' |
781b178c | 4800 | option, though you can override this (and startsh) |
1d896104 | 4801 | with '-O -Dsh=/bin/whatever -Dstartsh=whatever' |
781b178c JH |
4802 | |
4803 | shar (Loc.U): | |
4804 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4805 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4806 | |
4807 | sharpbang (spitshell.U): | |
4808 | This variable contains the string #! if this system supports that | |
4809 | construct. | |
4810 | ||
4811 | shmattype (d_shmat.U): | |
4812 | This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by shmat(). | |
4813 | It can be 'void *' or 'char *'. | |
4814 | ||
4815 | shortsize (intsize.U): | |
4816 | This variable contains the value of the SHORTSIZE symbol which | |
4817 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a short. | |
4818 | ||
4819 | shrpenv (libperl.U): | |
4820 | If the user builds a shared libperl.so, then we need to tell the | |
635aebb7 | 4821 | 'perl' executable where it will be able to find the installed libperl.so. |
781b178c JH |
4822 | One way to do this on some systems is to set the environment variable |
4823 | LD_RUN_PATH to the directory that will be the final location of the | |
4824 | shared libperl.so. The makefile can use this with something like | |
4825 | $shrpenv $(CC) -o perl perlmain.o $libperl $libs | |
4826 | Typical values are | |
4827 | shrpenv="env LD_RUN_PATH=$archlibexp/CORE" | |
4828 | or | |
4829 | shrpenv='' | |
4830 | See the main perl Makefile.SH for actual working usage. | |
4831 | Alternatively, we might be able to use a command line option such | |
c68a00c0 | 4832 | as -R $archlibexp/CORE (Solaris) or -Wl,-rpath |
781b178c JH |
4833 | $archlibexp/CORE (Linux). |
4834 | ||
4835 | shsharp (spitshell.U): | |
4836 | This variable tells further Configure units whether your sh can | |
4837 | handle # comments. | |
4838 | ||
4839 | sig_count (sig_name.U): | |
4840 | This variable holds a number larger than the largest valid | |
4841 | signal number. This is usually the same as the NSIG macro. | |
4842 | ||
4843 | sig_name (sig_name.U): | |
4844 | This variable holds the signal names, space separated. The leading | |
10305dfa JH |
4845 | SIG in signal name is removed. A ZERO is prepended to the list. |
4846 | This is currently not used, sig_name_init is used instead. | |
781b178c JH |
4847 | |
4848 | sig_name_init (sig_name.U): | |
4849 | This variable holds the signal names, enclosed in double quotes and | |
635aebb7 AL |
4850 | separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NAME definition |
4851 | below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is | |
781b178c JH |
4852 | terminated with a plain 0. The leading SIG in signal names |
4853 | is removed. See sig_num. | |
4854 | ||
4855 | sig_num (sig_name.U): | |
4856 | This variable holds the signal numbers, space separated. A ZERO is | |
10305dfa JH |
4857 | prepended to the list (corresponding to the fake SIGZERO). |
4858 | Those numbers correspond to the value of the signal listed | |
4859 | in the same place within the sig_name list. | |
4860 | This is currently not used, sig_num_init is used instead. | |
781b178c JH |
4861 | |
4862 | sig_num_init (sig_name.U): | |
4863 | This variable holds the signal numbers, enclosed in double quotes and | |
635aebb7 AL |
4864 | separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NUM definition |
4865 | below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is | |
781b178c JH |
4866 | terminated with a plain 0. |
4867 | ||
76d3c696 JH |
4868 | sig_size (sig_name.U): |
4869 | This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name | |
f05fc11d | 4870 | and sig_num arrays. |
76d3c696 | 4871 | |
781b178c JH |
4872 | signal_t (d_voidsig.U): |
4873 | This variable holds the type of the signal handler (void or int). | |
4874 | ||
4875 | sitearch (sitearch.U): | |
4876 | This variable contains the eventual value of the SITEARCH symbol, | |
4877 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
4878 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
4879 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
f868067f JH |
4880 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
4881 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4882 | architecture-dependent modules in this directory with | |
4883 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4884 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
781b178c JH |
4885 | |
4886 | sitearchexp (sitearch.U): | |
4887 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitearch, so that you | |
4888 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
4889 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
4890 | sitebin (sitebin.U): |
4891 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
4892 | to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It | |
4893 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
4894 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
f868067f JH |
4895 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
4896 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4897 | executables in this directory with | |
4898 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4899 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
0617aed7 JH |
4900 | |
4901 | sitebinexp (sitebin.U): | |
4902 | This is the same as the sitebin variable, but is filename expanded at | |
4903 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
4904 | ||
e755722e | 4905 | sitehtml1dir (sitehtml1dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
4906 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
4907 | html source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4908 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4909 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4910 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
4911 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4912 | html pages in this directory with | |
4913 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4914 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
4915 | ||
e755722e JH |
4916 | sitehtml1direxp (sitehtml1dir.U): |
4917 | This variable is the same as the sitehtml1dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
4918 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
4919 | ||
e755722e | 4920 | sitehtml3dir (sitehtml3dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
4921 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
4922 | library html source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4923 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4924 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4925 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
4926 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4927 | library html pages in this directory with | |
4928 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4929 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
4930 | ||
e755722e JH |
4931 | sitehtml3direxp (sitehtml3dir.U): |
4932 | This variable is the same as the sitehtml3dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
4933 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
4934 | ||
781b178c JH |
4935 | sitelib (sitelib.U): |
4936 | This variable contains the eventual value of the SITELIB symbol, | |
4937 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
4938 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
4939 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
f868067f JH |
4940 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
4941 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4942 | architecture-independent modules in this directory with | |
4943 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4944 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
781b178c | 4945 | |
526fdc24 MS |
4946 | sitelib_stem (sitelib.U): |
4947 | This variable is $sitelibexp with any trailing version-specific component | |
4948 | removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can | |
4949 | be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. | |
4950 | ||
781b178c JH |
4951 | sitelibexp (sitelib.U): |
4952 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitelib, so that you | |
4953 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
4954 | ||
e755722e | 4955 | siteman1dir (siteman1dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
4956 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
4957 | manual source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4958 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4959 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4960 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
4961 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4962 | man1 pages in this directory with | |
4963 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4964 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
4965 | ||
e755722e JH |
4966 | siteman1direxp (siteman1dir.U): |
4967 | This variable is the same as the siteman1dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
4968 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
4969 | ||
e755722e | 4970 | siteman3dir (siteman3dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
4971 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
4972 | library man source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4973 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4974 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4975 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
4976 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
4977 | man3 pages in this directory with | |
4978 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
4979 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
4980 | ||
e755722e JH |
4981 | siteman3direxp (siteman3dir.U): |
4982 | This variable is the same as the siteman3dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
4983 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
4984 | ||
781b178c JH |
4985 | siteprefix (siteprefix.U): |
4986 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
4987 | which the user will install add-on packages. | |
f868067f | 4988 | See INSTALL for usage and examples. |
781b178c JH |
4989 | |
4990 | siteprefixexp (siteprefix.U): | |
4991 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
4992 | which the user will install add-on packages. Derived from siteprefix. | |
4993 | ||
10305dfa JH |
4994 | sitescript (sitescript.U): |
4995 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
4996 | to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It | |
4997 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
4998 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
4999 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5000 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5001 | scripts in this directory with | |
5002 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5003 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5004 | ||
5005 | sitescriptexp (sitescript.U): | |
5006 | This is the same as the sitescript variable, but is filename expanded at | |
5007 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
5008 | ||
a13ea748 JH |
5009 | sizesize (sizesize.U): |
5010 | This variable contains the size of a sizetype in bytes. | |
5011 | ||
781b178c | 5012 | sizetype (sizetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
5013 | This variable defines sizetype to be something like size_t, |
5014 | unsigned long, or whatever type is used to declare length | |
781b178c JH |
5015 | parameters for string functions. |
5016 | ||
5017 | sleep (Loc.U): | |
5018 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5019 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5020 | |
73e6e416 MB |
5021 | sLOCALTIME_max (time_size.U): |
5022 | This variable defines the maximum value of the time_t offset that | |
5023 | the system function localtime () accepts | |
5024 | ||
5025 | sLOCALTIME_min (time_size.U): | |
5026 | This variable defines the minimum value of the time_t offset that | |
5027 | the system function localtime () accepts | |
5028 | ||
781b178c JH |
5029 | smail (Loc.U): |
5030 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5031 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5032 | |
781b178c JH |
5033 | so (so.U): |
5034 | This variable holds the extension used to identify shared libraries | |
5035 | (also known as shared objects) on the system. Usually set to 'so'. | |
5036 | ||
5037 | sockethdr (d_socket.U): | |
5038 | This variable has any cpp '-I' flags needed for socket support. | |
5039 | ||
5040 | socketlib (d_socket.U): | |
5041 | This variable has the names of any libraries needed for socket support. | |
5042 | ||
c890dc6c JH |
5043 | socksizetype (socksizetype.U): |
5044 | This variable holds the type used for the size argument | |
5045 | for various socket calls like accept. Usual values include | |
5046 | socklen_t, size_t, and int. | |
5047 | ||
781b178c | 5048 | sort (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 5049 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5050 | full pathname (if any) of the sort program. After Configure runs, |
5051 | the value is reset to a plain "sort" and is not useful. | |
5052 | ||
5053 | spackage (package.U): | |
5054 | This variable contains the name of the package being constructed, | |
5055 | with the first letter uppercased, i.e. suitable for starting | |
5056 | sentences. | |
5057 | ||
5058 | spitshell (spitshell.U): | |
5059 | This variable contains the command necessary to spit out a runnable | |
1d896104 | 5060 | shell on this system. It is either cat or a grep '-v' for # comments. |
40814d06 | 5061 | |
4d54317a JH |
5062 | sPRId64 (quadfio.U): |
5063 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5064 | format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'd') for output. | |
5065 | ||
5066 | sPRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5067 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5068 | format long doubles (format 'e') for output. | |
5069 | ||
5070 | sPRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5071 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5072 | format long doubles (format 'E') for output. | |
5073 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIeldbl so that even | |
5074 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5075 | ||
5076 | sPRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5077 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5078 | format long doubles (format 'f') for output. | |
5079 | ||
5080 | sPRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5081 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5082 | format long doubles (format 'F') for output. | |
5083 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIfldbl so that even | |
5084 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5085 | ||
5086 | sPRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5087 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5088 | format long doubles (format 'g') for output. | |
5089 | ||
5090 | sPRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5091 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5092 | format long doubles (format 'G') for output. | |
5093 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIgldbl so that even | |
5094 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5095 | ||
5096 | sPRIi64 (quadfio.U): | |
5097 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5098 | format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'i') for output. | |
5099 | ||
5100 | sPRIo64 (quadfio.U): | |
5101 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5102 | format 64-bit octal numbers (format 'o') for output. | |
5103 | ||
5104 | sPRIu64 (quadfio.U): | |
5105 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5106 | format 64-bit unsigned decimal numbers (format 'u') for output. | |
5107 | ||
5108 | sPRIx64 (quadfio.U): | |
5109 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5110 | format 64-bit hexadecimal numbers (format 'x') for output. | |
5111 | ||
5112 | sPRIXU64 (quadfio.U): | |
5113 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5114 | format 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers (format 'X') for output. | |
5115 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIx64 so that even | |
5116 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5117 | ||
40814d06 | 5118 | srand48_r_proto (d_srand48_r.U): |
10bc17b6 | 5119 | This variable encodes the prototype of srand48_r. |
39183afa JH |
5120 | It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the |
5121 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r | |
5122 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
5123 | |
5124 | srandom_r_proto (d_srandom_r.U): | |
5125 | This variable encodes the prototype of srandom_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5126 | It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the |
5127 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r | |
5128 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5129 | |
781b178c | 5130 | src (src.U): |
34f1896b MB |
5131 | This variable holds the (possibly relative) path of the package source. |
5132 | It is up to the Makefile to use this variable and set VPATH accordingly | |
5133 | to find the sources remotely. Use $pkgsrc to have an absolute path. | |
781b178c | 5134 | |
4d54317a JH |
5135 | sSCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): |
5136 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5137 | format long doubles (format 'f') for input. | |
5138 | ||
781b178c | 5139 | ssizetype (ssizetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
5140 | This variable defines ssizetype to be something like ssize_t, |
5141 | long or int. It is used by functions that return a count | |
781b178c JH |
5142 | of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. |
5143 | We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). | |
5144 | ||
668fdbe1 MB |
5145 | st_ino_sign (st_ino_def.U): |
5146 | This variable contains the signedness of struct stat's st_ino. | |
5147 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5148 | ||
5149 | st_ino_size (st_ino_def.U): | |
5150 | This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. | |
5151 | ||
781b178c JH |
5152 | startperl (startperl.U): |
5153 | This variable contains the string to put on the front of a perl | |
5154 | script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with perl and not some | |
5155 | shell. Of course, that leading line must be followed by the classical | |
5156 | perl idiom: | |
5157 | eval 'exec perl -S $0 ${1+"$@"}' | |
5158 | if $running_under_some_shell; | |
5159 | to guarantee perl startup should the shell execute the script. Note | |
47e01c32 | 5160 | that this magic incantation is not understood by csh. |
781b178c JH |
5161 | |
5162 | startsh (startsh.U): | |
5163 | This variable contains the string to put on the front of a shell | |
5164 | script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with sh and not some | |
5165 | other shell. | |
5166 | ||
5167 | static_ext (Extensions.U): | |
5168 | This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to | |
5169 | link statically into the package. It is used by Makefile. | |
5170 | ||
5171 | stdchar (stdchar.U): | |
5172 | This variable conditionally defines STDCHAR to be the type of char | |
5173 | used in stdio.h. It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". | |
5174 | ||
5175 | stdio_base (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5176 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5177 | _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5178 | be used to define the macro FILE_base(fp). | |
5179 | ||
5180 | stdio_bufsiz (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5181 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to determine | |
5182 | the number of bytes store in the I/O buffer pointer to by the | |
5183 | _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5184 | be used to define the macro FILE_bufsiz(fp). | |
5185 | ||
5186 | stdio_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5187 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5188 | _cnt field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5189 | be used to define the macro FILE_cnt(fp). | |
5190 | ||
5191 | stdio_filbuf (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5192 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to tell | |
022735b4 | 5193 | stdio to refill its internal buffers (?). This will |
781b178c JH |
5194 | be used to define the macro FILE_filbuf(fp). |
5195 | ||
5196 | stdio_ptr (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5197 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5198 | _ptr field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5199 | be used to define the macro FILE_ptr(fp). | |
5200 | ||
5201 | stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): | |
5202 | This variable tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. | |
5203 | Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. | |
5204 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
5205 | strerror_r_proto (d_strerror_r.U): |
5206 | This variable encodes the prototype of strerror_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5207 | It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the |
5208 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r | |
5209 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5210 | |
781b178c JH |
5211 | strings (i_string.U): |
5212 | This variable holds the full path of the string header that will be | |
5213 | used. Typically /usr/include/string.h or /usr/include/strings.h. | |
5214 | ||
5215 | submit (Loc.U): | |
5216 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5217 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5218 | |
5219 | subversion (patchlevel.U): | |
5220 | The subversion level of this package. | |
5221 | The value of subversion comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
ff935051 | 5222 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "1". |
c890dc6c | 5223 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_SUBVERSION". |
781b178c JH |
5224 | This is unique to perl. |
5225 | ||
5226 | sysman (sysman.U): | |
5227 | This variable holds the place where the manual is located on this | |
5228 | system. It is not the place where the user wants to put his manual | |
5229 | pages. Rather it is the place where Configure may look to find manual | |
5230 | for unix commands (section 1 of the manual usually). See mansrc. | |
5231 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
5232 | sysroot (Sysroot.U): |
5233 | This variable is empty unless supplied by the Configure user. | |
5234 | It can contain a path to an alternative root directory, under which | |
5235 | headers and libraries for the compilation target can be found. This | |
5236 | is generally used when cross-compiling using a gcc-like compiler. | |
5237 | ||
781b178c JH |
5238 | tail (Loc.U): |
5239 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5240 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5241 | |
5242 | tar (Loc.U): | |
5243 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5244 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5245 | |
5440bc8e JH |
5246 | targetarch (Cross.U): |
5247 | If cross-compiling, this variable contains the target architecture. | |
5248 | If not, this will be empty. | |
5249 | ||
56b575b9 | 5250 | targetdir (Cross.U): |
51b4c035 KW |
5251 | This variable contains a path that will be created on the target |
5252 | host using targetmkdir, and then used to copy the cross-compiled | |
5253 | executables to. Defaults to '/tmp' if not set. | |
a2c3ce73 BF |
5254 | |
5255 | targetenv (Cross.U): | |
51b4c035 KW |
5256 | If cross-compiling, this variable can be used to modify the |
5257 | environment on the target system. | |
5258 | However, how and where it's used, and even if it's used at all, is | |
5259 | entirely dependent on both the transport mechanism (targetrun) and | |
5260 | what the target system is. Unless the relevant documentation says | |
5261 | otherwise, it is genereally not useful. | |
56b575b9 MB |
5262 | |
5263 | targethost (Cross.U): | |
5264 | This variable contains the name of a separate host machine that | |
5265 | can be used to run compiled test programs and perl tests on. | |
5266 | Set to empty string if not in use. | |
5267 | ||
5268 | targetmkdir (Cross.U): | |
5269 | This variable contains the command used by Configure to create a | |
5270 | new directory on the target host. | |
5271 | ||
5272 | targetport (Cross.U): | |
5273 | This variable contains the number of a network port to be used to | |
5274 | connect to the host in targethost, if unset defaults to 22 for ssh. | |
5275 | ||
1d38f63f | 5276 | targetsh (sh.U): |
0f3731c6 BF |
5277 | If cross-compiling, this variable contains the location of sh on the |
5278 | target system. | |
5279 | If not, this will be the same as $sh. | |
5280 | ||
781b178c JH |
5281 | tbl (Loc.U): |
5282 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5283 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5284 | |
5285 | tee (Loc.U): | |
5286 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5287 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5288 | |
5289 | test (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5290 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5291 | full pathname (if any) of the test program. After Configure runs, |
5292 | the value is reset to a plain "test" and is not useful. | |
5293 | ||
5294 | timeincl (i_time.U): | |
5295 | This variable holds the full path of the included time header(s). | |
5296 | ||
5297 | timetype (d_time.U): | |
5298 | This variable holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, | |
5299 | or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be | |
5300 | included). Anyway, the type Time_t should be used. | |
5301 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
5302 | tmpnam_r_proto (d_tmpnam_r.U): |
5303 | This variable encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5304 | It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the |
5305 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r | |
5306 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5307 | |
5440bc8e JH |
5308 | to (Cross.U): |
5309 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
5310 | to copy to from the target host. Useful and available | |
5311 | only during Perl build. | |
5312 | The string ':' if not cross-compiling. | |
5313 | ||
781b178c | 5314 | touch (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 5315 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5316 | full pathname (if any) of the touch program. After Configure runs, |
5317 | the value is reset to a plain "touch" and is not useful. | |
5318 | ||
5319 | tr (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5320 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5321 | full pathname (if any) of the tr program. After Configure runs, |
5322 | the value is reset to a plain "tr" and is not useful. | |
5323 | ||
5324 | trnl (trnl.U): | |
5325 | This variable contains the value to be passed to the tr(1) | |
5326 | command to transliterate a newline. Typical values are | |
5327 | '\012' and '\n'. This is needed for EBCDIC systems where | |
5328 | newline is not necessarily '\012'. | |
5329 | ||
5330 | troff (Loc.U): | |
5331 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5332 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5333 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
5334 | ttyname_r_proto (d_ttyname_r.U): |
5335 | This variable encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5336 | It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the |
5337 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r | |
5338 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5339 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
5340 | u16size (perlxv.U): |
5341 | This variable is the size of an U16 in bytes. | |
5342 | ||
5343 | u16type (perlxv.U): | |
5344 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U16. | |
5345 | ||
5346 | u32size (perlxv.U): | |
5347 | This variable is the size of an U32 in bytes. | |
5348 | ||
5349 | u32type (perlxv.U): | |
5350 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U32. | |
5351 | ||
5352 | u64size (perlxv.U): | |
5353 | This variable is the size of an U64 in bytes. | |
5354 | ||
5355 | u64type (perlxv.U): | |
5356 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U64. | |
5357 | ||
5358 | u8size (perlxv.U): | |
5359 | This variable is the size of an U8 in bytes. | |
5360 | ||
5361 | u8type (perlxv.U): | |
5362 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U8. | |
5363 | ||
5364 | uidformat (uidf.U): | |
5365 | This variable contains the format string used for printing a Uid_t. | |
5366 | ||
2d228ff3 JH |
5367 | uidsign (uidsign.U): |
5368 | This variable contains the signedness of a uidtype. | |
5369 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5370 | ||
785fb66b JH |
5371 | uidsize (uidsize.U): |
5372 | This variable contains the size of a uidtype in bytes. | |
5373 | ||
781b178c | 5374 | uidtype (uidtype.U): |
635aebb7 | 5375 | This variable defines Uid_t to be something like uid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
5376 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare user ids in the kernel. |
5377 | ||
5378 | uname (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5379 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5380 | full pathname (if any) of the uname program. After Configure runs, |
5381 | the value is reset to a plain "uname" and is not useful. | |
5382 | ||
5383 | uniq (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5384 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5385 | full pathname (if any) of the uniq program. After Configure runs, |
5386 | the value is reset to a plain "uniq" and is not useful. | |
5387 | ||
0befd8de JH |
5388 | uquadtype (quadtype.U): |
5389 | This variable defines Uquad_t to be something like unsigned long, | |
5390 | unsigned int, unsigned long long, uint64_t, or whatever type is | |
5391 | used for 64-bit integers. | |
5392 | ||
10305dfa JH |
5393 | use5005threads (usethreads.U): |
5394 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_5005THREADS symbol, | |
5395 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the 5.005-based | |
5c40187f | 5396 | threading implementation. Only valid up to 5.8.x. |
10305dfa | 5397 | |
10cc9d2a JH |
5398 | use64bitall (use64bits.U): |
5399 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_ALL symbol, | |
5400 | and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used | |
5401 | when available. The maximal possible | |
5402 | 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will | |
5403 | be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is | |
5404 | even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not | |
5405 | be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or | |
5406 | you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. | |
5407 | ||
5408 | use64bitint (use64bits.U): | |
5409 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_INT symbol, | |
aaacdc8b | 5410 | and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used |
c890dc6c JH |
5411 | when available. The minimal possible 64-bitness |
5412 | is employed, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. | |
5413 | This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory | |
5414 | may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. | |
781b178c | 5415 | |
f6a82ade MB |
5416 | usecbacktrace (usebacktrace.U): |
5417 | This variable indicates whether we are compiling with backtrace | |
5418 | support. | |
5419 | ||
5440bc8e JH |
5420 | usecrosscompile (Cross.U): |
5421 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_CROSS_COMPILE symbol, | |
5422 | and indicates that Perl has been cross-compiled. | |
5423 | ||
1be1b388 MB |
5424 | usedevel (Devel.U): |
5425 | This variable indicates that Perl was configured with development | |
5426 | features enabled. This should not be done for production builds. | |
5427 | ||
781b178c | 5428 | usedl (dlsrc.U): |
ff935051 | 5429 | This variable indicates if the system supports dynamic |
781b178c JH |
5430 | loading of some sort. See also dlsrc and dlobj. |
5431 | ||
34f1896b MB |
5432 | usedtrace (usedtrace.U): |
5433 | This variable indicates whether we are compiling with dtrace | |
5434 | support. See also dtrace. | |
5ac1e9b2 | 5435 | |
4d54317a JH |
5436 | usefaststdio (usefaststdio.U): |
5437 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_FAST_STDIO symbol, | |
5438 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use 'fast stdio'. | |
5439 | Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. | |
5440 | ||
aaacdc8b GS |
5441 | useithreads (usethreads.U): |
5442 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_ITHREADS symbol, | |
5443 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the interpreter-based | |
5444 | threading implementation. | |
5445 | ||
269a7913 | 5446 | usekernprocpathname (usekernprocpathname.U): |
2982a345 NC |
5447 | This variable, indicates that we can use sysctl with |
5448 | KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence | |
5449 | convert $^X to an absolute path. | |
5450 | ||
5bf26616 | 5451 | uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
1baac590 JH |
5452 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_LARGE_FILES symbol, |
5453 | and indicates that large file interfaces should be used when | |
c890dc6c | 5454 | available. |
1baac590 | 5455 | |
ca24dfc6 LV |
5456 | uselongdouble (uselongdbl.U): |
5457 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_LONG_DOUBLE symbol, | |
5458 | and indicates that long doubles should be used when available. | |
5459 | ||
fd550ca5 MB |
5460 | usemallocwrap (mallocsrc.U): |
5461 | This variable contains y if we are wrapping malloc to prevent | |
5462 | integer overflow during size calculations. | |
5463 | ||
1baac590 JH |
5464 | usemorebits (usemorebits.U): |
5465 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_MORE_BITS symbol, | |
5466 | and indicates that explicit 64-bit interfaces and long doubles | |
5467 | should be used when available. | |
5468 | ||
781b178c JH |
5469 | usemultiplicity (usemultiplicity.U): |
5470 | This variable conditionally defines the MULTIPLICITY symbol, | |
5471 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use multiplicity. | |
5472 | ||
5473 | usemymalloc (mallocsrc.U): | |
5474 | This variable contains y if the malloc that comes with this package | |
5475 | is desired over the system's version of malloc. People often include | |
47e01c32 | 5476 | special versions of malloc for efficiency, but such versions are often |
781b178c JH |
5477 | less portable. See also mallocsrc and mallocobj. |
5478 | If this is 'y', then -lmalloc is removed from $libs. | |
5479 | ||
5480 | usenm (usenm.U): | |
5481 | This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the | |
5482 | nm extraction is wanted or not. | |
5483 | ||
ae60cb46 NC |
5484 | usensgetexecutablepath (usensgetexecutablepath.U): |
5485 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath | |
5486 | and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert | |
5487 | $^X to an absolute path. | |
5488 | ||
781b178c JH |
5489 | useopcode (Extensions.U): |
5490 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5491 | whether the Opcode extension should be used. The sole | |
5492 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism | |
5493 | for users to skip the Opcode extension from the Configure | |
5494 | command line. | |
5495 | ||
5496 | useperlio (useperlio.U): | |
5497 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_PERLIO symbol, | |
5498 | and indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should be | |
5499 | used throughout. | |
5500 | ||
5501 | useposix (Extensions.U): | |
5502 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5503 | whether the POSIX extension should be used. The sole | |
5504 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism | |
5505 | for hints files to indicate that POSIX will not compile | |
5506 | on a particular system. | |
5507 | ||
d6d36205 JH |
5508 | usequadmath (usequadmath.U): |
5509 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_QUADMATH symbol, | |
5510 | and indicates that the quadmath library __float128 long doubles | |
5511 | should be used when available. | |
5512 | ||
9514c62b JH |
5513 | usereentrant (usethreads.U): |
5514 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_REENTRANT_API symbol, | |
5515 | which indicates that the thread code may try to use the various | |
5516 | _r versions of library functions. This is only potentially | |
5517 | meaningful if usethreads is set and is very experimental, it is | |
5518 | not even prompted for. | |
5519 | ||
df4c34dc | 5520 | userelocatableinc (bin.U): |
88fe16b2 NC |
5521 | This variable is set to true to indicate that perl should relocate |
5522 | @INC entries at runtime based on the path to the perl binary. | |
5523 | Any @INC paths starting ".../" are relocated relative to the directory | |
5524 | containing the perl binary, and a logical cleanup of the path is then | |
5525 | made around the join point (removing "dir/../" pairs) | |
5526 | ||
781b178c | 5527 | useshrplib (libperl.U): |
40814d06 MB |
5528 | This variable is set to 'true' if the user wishes |
5529 | to build a shared libperl, and 'false' otherwise. | |
781b178c | 5530 | |
df4c34dc MB |
5531 | usesitecustomize (d_sitecustomize.U): |
5532 | This variable is set to true when the user requires a mechanism that | |
5533 | allows the sysadmin to add entries to @INC at runtime. This variable | |
5534 | being set, makes perl run '$sitelib/sitecustomize.pl' at startup. | |
5535 | ||
781b178c JH |
5536 | usesocks (usesocks.U): |
5537 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_SOCKS symbol, | |
5538 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use SOCKS. | |
5539 | ||
5540 | usethreads (usethreads.U): | |
b99a9337 | 5541 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_THREADS symbol, |
781b178c JH |
5542 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use threads. |
5543 | ||
9f50e519 NA |
5544 | usevendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): |
5545 | This variable tells whether the vendorprefix | |
5546 | and consequently other vendor* paths are in use. | |
5547 | ||
1a1287f4 MB |
5548 | useversionedarchname (archname.U): |
5549 | This variable indicates whether to include the $api_versionstring | |
5550 | as a component of the $archname. | |
5551 | ||
781b178c JH |
5552 | usevfork (d_vfork.U): |
5553 | This variable is set to true when the user accepts to use vfork. | |
5554 | It is set to false when no vfork is available or when the user | |
47e01c32 | 5555 | explicitly requests not to use vfork. |
781b178c JH |
5556 | |
5557 | usrinc (usrinc.U): | |
5558 | This variable holds the path of the include files, which is | |
5559 | usually /usr/include. It is mainly used by other Configure units. | |
5560 | ||
5561 | uuname (Loc.U): | |
5562 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5563 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5564 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
5565 | uvoformat (perlxvf.U): |
5566 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 5567 | a Perl UV as an unsigned octal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
5568 | |
5569 | uvsize (perlxv.U): | |
5570 | This variable is the size of a UV in bytes. | |
5571 | ||
5572 | uvtype (perlxv.U): | |
5573 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's UV. | |
5574 | ||
5575 | uvuformat (perlxvf.U): | |
5576 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 5577 | a Perl UV as an unsigned decimal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
5578 | |
5579 | uvxformat (perlxvf.U): | |
5580 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
6b4667fc A |
5581 | a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. |
5582 | ||
4d54317a JH |
5583 | uvXUformat (perlxvf.U): |
5584 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
5585 | a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. | |
5586 | ||
d03b3b00 MB |
5587 | vaproto (vaproto.U): |
5588 | This variable conditionally defines CAN_VAPROTO on systems supporting | |
5589 | prototype declaration of functions with a variable number of | |
5590 | arguments. See also prototype. | |
5591 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
5592 | vendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
5593 | This variable contains the value of the PERL_VENDORARCH symbol. | |
635aebb7 | 5594 | It may have a ~ on the front. |
526fdc24 MS |
5595 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5596 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5597 | architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5598 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
526fdc24 MS |
5599 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5600 | ||
5601 | vendorarchexp (vendorarch.U): | |
5602 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorarch, so that you | |
5603 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5604 | ||
0617aed7 | 5605 | vendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
f868067f JH |
5606 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORBIN symbol. |
5607 | It may have a ~ on the front. | |
5608 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5609 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional | |
5610 | binaries in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5611 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
f868067f | 5612 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
0617aed7 JH |
5613 | |
5614 | vendorbinexp (vendorbin.U): | |
5615 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorbin, so that you | |
5616 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5617 | ||
e755722e | 5618 | vendorhtml1dir (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5619 | This variable contains the name of the directory for html |
10305dfa JH |
5620 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5621 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5622 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5623 | html pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5624 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5625 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5626 | ||
e755722e JH |
5627 | vendorhtml1direxp (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
5628 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorhtml1dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5629 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5630 | ||
e755722e | 5631 | vendorhtml3dir (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5632 | This variable contains the name of the directory for html |
10305dfa JH |
5633 | library pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5634 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5635 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5636 | html pages for modules and extensions in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5637 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5638 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5639 | ||
e755722e JH |
5640 | vendorhtml3direxp (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
5641 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorhtml3dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5642 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5643 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5644 | vendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
5645 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORLIB symbol, | |
f868067f JH |
5646 | which is the name of the private library for this package. |
5647 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5648 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5649 | modules in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5650 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
f868067f | 5651 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
a3635516 | 5652 | |
526fdc24 MS |
5653 | vendorlib_stem (vendorlib.U): |
5654 | This variable is $vendorlibexp with any trailing version-specific component | |
5655 | removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can | |
5656 | be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. | |
5657 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5658 | vendorlibexp (vendorlib.U): |
5659 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorlib, so that you | |
5660 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5661 | ||
e755722e | 5662 | vendorman1dir (vendorman1dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5663 | This variable contains the name of the directory for man1 |
10305dfa JH |
5664 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5665 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5666 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5667 | man1 pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5668 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5669 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5670 | ||
e755722e JH |
5671 | vendorman1direxp (vendorman1dir.U): |
5672 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorman1dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5673 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5674 | ||
e755722e | 5675 | vendorman3dir (vendorman3dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5676 | This variable contains the name of the directory for man3 |
10305dfa JH |
5677 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5678 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5679 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5680 | man3 pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5681 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5682 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5683 | ||
e755722e JH |
5684 | vendorman3direxp (vendorman3dir.U): |
5685 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorman3dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5686 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5687 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5688 | vendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): |
5689 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5690 | which the vendor will install add-on packages. | |
f868067f | 5691 | See INSTALL for usage and examples. |
a3635516 JH |
5692 | |
5693 | vendorprefixexp (vendorprefix.U): | |
5694 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5695 | which the vendor will install add-on packages. Derived from vendorprefix. | |
5696 | ||
10305dfa JH |
5697 | vendorscript (vendorscript.U): |
5698 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORSCRIPT symbol. | |
5699 | It may have a ~ on the front. | |
5700 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5701 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional | |
5702 | executable scripts in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5703 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5704 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5705 | ||
5706 | vendorscriptexp (vendorscript.U): | |
5707 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorscript, so that you | |
5708 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5709 | ||
781b178c | 5710 | version (patchlevel.U): |
ff935051 | 5711 | The full version number of this package, such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1). |
c890dc6c | 5712 | This combines revision, patchlevel, and subversion to get the |
ff935051 JH |
5713 | full version number, including any possible subversions. |
5714 | This is suitable for use as a directory name, and hence is | |
5715 | filesystem dependent. | |
781b178c | 5716 | |
27713a04 JH |
5717 | version_patchlevel_string (patchlevel.U): |
5718 | This is a string combining version, subversion and | |
635aebb7 AL |
5719 | perl_patchlevel (if perl_patchlevel is non-zero). |
5720 | It is typically something like | |
27713a04 JH |
5721 | 'version 7 subversion 1' or |
5722 | 'version 7 subversion 1 patchlevel 11224' | |
5723 | It is computed here to avoid duplication of code in myconfig.SH | |
635aebb7 | 5724 | and lib/Config.pm. |
27713a04 | 5725 | |
d56c5707 JH |
5726 | versiononly (versiononly.U): |
5727 | If set, this symbol indicates that only the version-specific | |
5728 | components of a perl installation should be installed. | |
5729 | This may be useful for making a test installation of a new | |
5730 | version without disturbing the existing installation. | |
5731 | Setting versiononly is equivalent to setting installperl's -v option. | |
5732 | In particular, the non-versioned scripts and programs such as | |
5733 | a2p, c2ph, h2xs, pod2*, and perldoc are not installed | |
5734 | (see INSTALL for a more complete list). Nor are the man | |
5735 | pages installed. | |
5736 | Usually, this is undef. | |
5737 | ||
781b178c JH |
5738 | vi (Loc.U): |
5739 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5740 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5741 | |
781b178c JH |
5742 | xlibpth (libpth.U): |
5743 | This variable holds extra path (space-separated) used to find | |
5744 | libraries on this platform, for example CPU-specific libraries | |
5745 | (on multi-CPU platforms) may be listed here. | |
5746 | ||
4492b098 JH |
5747 | yacc (yacc.U): |
5748 | This variable holds the name of the compiler compiler we | |
5749 | want to use in the Makefile. It can be yacc, byacc, or bison -y. | |
5750 | ||
2d967e39 JH |
5751 | yaccflags (yacc.U): |
5752 | This variable contains any additional yacc flags desired by the | |
5753 | user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
5754 | ||
781b178c JH |
5755 | zcat (Loc.U): |
5756 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5757 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5758 | |
5759 | zip (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5760 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5761 | full pathname (if any) of the zip program. After Configure runs, |
5762 | the value is reset to a plain "zip" and is not useful. | |
5763 |